Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

 

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to

Commission file: number 001-34028

 

 

AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   51-0063696

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1025 Laurel Oak Road, Voorhees, NJ   08043
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(856) 346-8200

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     x   Yes     ¨   No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     x   Yes     ¨   No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.).     ¨   Yes      x   No

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

 

Class

 

Outstanding at August 3, 2010

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share   174,776,194 shares

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

FOR THE QUARTER ENDED JUNE 30, 2010

INDEX

 

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   1

ITEM 1. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   1-18

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   19 - 40

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

   40

ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

   41

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

   41

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   41

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

   41

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

   41

ITEM 3. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

   41

ITEM 4. [RESERVED]

   41

ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION

   41

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

   42

SIGNATURES

   43

EXHIBITS INDEX

   44

EXHIBIT 10.1

  

EXHIBIT 10.2

  

EXHIBIT 10.3

  

EXHIBIT 31.1

  

EXHIBIT 31.2

  

EXHIBIT 32.1

  

EXHIBIT 32.2

  

EXHIBIT 101

  

 

i


Table of Contents

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

ITEM 1. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     June 30,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
    
ASSETS     

Property, plant and equipment

    

Utility plant—at original cost, net of accumulated depreciation of $3,293,656 at June 30 and $3,168,078 at December 31

   $ 10,730,114      $ 10,523,844   

Nonutility property, net of accumulated depreciation of $125,422 at June 30 and $117,245 at December 31

     142,209        153,549   
                

Total property, plant and equipment

     10,872,323        10,677,393   
                

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

     20,610        22,256   

Restricted funds

     93,705        41,020   

Utility customer accounts receivable

     171,905        149,417   

Allowance for uncollectible accounts

     (20,401     (19,035

Unbilled utility revenues

     150,392        130,262   

Non-Regulated trade and other receivables, net

     82,713        75,086   

Income taxes receivable

     4,073        17,920   

Materials and supplies

     29,908        29,521   

Other

     57,208        52,680   
                

Total current assets

     590,113        499,127   
                

Regulatory and other long-term assets

    

Regulatory assets

     1,003,769        952,020   

Restricted funds

     3,905        20,212   

Goodwill

     1,250,692        1,250,381   

Other

     52,714        53,518   
                

Total regulatory and other long-term assets

     2,311,080        2,276,131   
                

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 13,773,516      $ 13,452,651   
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

1


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     June 30,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES     

Capitalization

    

Common stock ($.01 par value, 500,000 shares authorized, 174,748 and 174,630 shares outstanding at June 30 and December 31, respectively)

   $ 1,747      $ 1,746   

Paid-in-capital

     6,146,444        6,140,077   

Accumulated deficit

     (2,046,326     (2,076,287

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (62,546     (64,677
                

Common stockholders’ equity

     4,039,319        4,000,859   

Preferred stock without mandatory redemption requirements

     4,547        4,557   
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     4,043,866        4,005,416   
                

Long-term debt

    

Long-term debt

     5,305,167        5,288,180   

Redeemable preferred stock at redemption value

     23,938        23,946   
                

Total capitalization

     9,372,971        9,317,542   
                

Current liabilities

    

Short-term debt

     265,807        119,497   

Current portion of long-term debt

     44,018        54,068   

Accounts payable

     147,573        138,609   

Taxes accrued, including income taxes of $1,384 at June 30 and $1,777 at December 31

     54,906        45,552   

Interest accrued

     59,997        60,128   

Other

     181,136        189,538   
                

Total current liabilities

     753,437        607,392   
                

Regulatory and other long-term liabilities

    

Advances for construction

     616,300        633,509   

Deferred income taxes

     968,969        851,677   

Deferred investment tax credits

     31,807        32,590   

Regulatory liabilities

     332,201        322,281   

Accrued pension expense

     417,052        431,010   

Accrued postretirement benefit expense

     232,129        236,045   

Other

     46,521        47,325   
                

Total regulatory and other long-term liabilities

     2,644,979        2,554,437   
                

Contributions in aid of construction

     1,002,129        973,280   

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 9)

     —          —     
                

TOTAL CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES

   $ 13,773,516      $ 13,452,651   
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

2


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2009     2010     2009  

Operating revenues

   $ 671,223      $ 612,740      $ 1,259,276      $ 1,162,910   
                                

Operating expenses

        

Operation and maintenance

     344,863        330,597        675,286        644,999   

Depreciation and amortization

     76,493        73,242        152,725        142,085   

General taxes

     53,890        51,699        109,294        104,196   

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

     (6     10        (77     (192

Impairment charge

     0       0       0        450,000   
                                

Total operating expenses, net

     475,240        455,548        937,228        1,341,088   
                                

Operating income (loss)

     195,983        157,192        322,048        (178,178
                                

Other income (expenses)

        

Interest, net

     (78,734     (73,688     (157,449     (145,667

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     2,407        3,575        4,558        6,918   

Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction

     1,254        1,991        2,651        3,863   

Amortization of debt expense

     (1,264     (1,535     (1,948     (3,023

Other, net

     1,926        (1,409     1,997        (295
                                

Total other income (expenses)

     (74,411     (71,066     (150,191     (138,204
                                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     121,572        86,126        171,857        (316,382

Provision for income taxes

     48,821        34,137        68,298        44,708   
                                

Net income (loss)

   $ 72,751      $ 51,989      $ 103,559      $ (361,090
                                

Income (loss) per common share:

        

Basic

   $ 0.42      $ 0.32      $ 0.59      $ (2.23
                                

Diluted

   $ 0.42      $ 0.32      $ 0.59      $ (2.23
                                

Average common shares outstanding during the period:

        

Basic

     174,774        163,229        174,747        161,629   
                                

Diluted

     174,850        163,301        174,820        161,629   
                                

Dividends per common share

   $ 0.21      $ 0.20      $ 0.42      $ 0.40   
                                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

3


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2009  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 103,559      $ (361,090

Adjustments

    

Depreciation and amortization

     152,725        142,085   

Impairment charge

     0        450,000   

Amortization of removal costs net of salvage

     21,498        20,144   

Provision for deferred income taxes

     89,796        47,196   

Amortization of deferred investment tax credits

     (783     (803

Provision for losses on utility accounts receivable

     10,488        12,050   

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     (4,558     (6,918

Gain on sale of assets

     (77     (192

Pension and non-pension post retirement benefits

     44,672        55,916   

Other, net

     (18,745     (11,495

Changes in assets and liabilities

    

Receivables and unbilled utility revenues

     (59,367     (34,859

Income taxes receivable

     13,847        0   

Other current assets

     (4,915     (21,948

Pension and non-pension post retirement benefit contributions

     (60,359     (55,018

Accounts payable

     (1,894     (5,772

Taxes accrued, including income taxes

     8,300        11,136   

Interest accrued

     (131     2,523   

Other current liabilities

     3,453        (14,247
                

Net cash provided by operating activities

     297,509        228,708   
                

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Capital expenditures

     (327,279     (400,174

Acquisitions

     (1,572 )     0  

Proceeds from sale of assets and securities

     99        221   

Removal costs from property, plant and equipment retirements, net

     (17,096     (12,922

Net restricted funds released

     14,622        57,020   

Other

     0        (1,250
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (331,226     (357,105
                

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Proceeds from long-term debt

     1,193        309,785   

Repayment of long-term debt

     (42,677     (152,248

Net borrowings (repayments) under short-term debt agreements

     149,428        (198,333

Proceeds from issuance of common stock (net of 2009 expenses of $7,824)

     0       242,301   

Proceeds from employee stock plan issuances and DRIP

     1,865        1,010   

Advances and contributions for construction, net of refunds of $18,177 and $12,336 at June 30, 2010 and 2009

     521        6,184   

Change in cash overdraft position

     (3,118     (11,926

Debt issuance costs

     (1,757     (4,894

Redemption of preferred stock

     (16     (6

Dividends paid

     (73,368     (64,006
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     32,071        127,867   
                

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,646     (530

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     22,256        9,542   
                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 20,610      $ 9,012   
                

Non-cash investing activity:

    

Capital expenditures acquired on account but unpaid at quarter-end

   $ 72,676      $ 51,760   

Non-cash financing activity:

    

Long-term debt

   $ 51,000      $ 125,431   

Advances and contributions

   $ 16,401      $ 39,347   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

4


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Common Stock    Paid-in
Capital
   Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Treasury Stock    

Preferred

Stock

of

Subsidiary

Companies

Without

Mandatory

    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
   Shares    Par
Value
          Shares    At Cost     Redemption
Requirements
   

Balance at

    December 31,   2009

   174,630    $ 1,746    $ 6,140,077    $ (2,076,287   $ (64,677   0    $ 0     $ 4,557      $ 4,005,416   

Net income

   —        —        —        103,559        —        —        —          —          103,559   

Stock-based compensation and DRIP activity, net of expenses of $61

   118      1      6,367      (230     —        0      0       —          6,138   

Preferred stock redemption

   —        —        —        —          —        —        —          (10     (10

Other comprehensive income, net of tax of $1,421

   —        —        —        —          2,131      —        —          —          2,131   

Dividends

   —        —        —        (73,368     —        —        —          —          (73,368
                                                                

Balance at

    June 30, 2010

   174,748    $ 1,747    $ 6,146,444    $ (2,046,326   $ (62,546   0    $ 0     $ 4,547      $ 4,043,866   
                                                                
     Common Stock    Paid-in
Capital
   Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Treasury Stock    

Preferred

Stock

of

Subsidiary

Companies

Without

Mandatory

    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
   Shares    Par
Value
          Shares    At Cost     Redemption
Requirements
   

Balance at

    December 31, 2008

   160,000    $ 1,600    $ 5,888,253    $ (1,705,594   $ (82,251   0    $ (7   $ 4,557      $ 4,106,558   

Net loss

   —        —        —        (361,090     —        —        —          —          (361,090

Common stock offering, net of expenses of $7,824

   14,500      145      242,156      —          —        —        —          —          242,301   

Stock-based compensation activity

   62      1      5,241      (143     —        0      7        —          5,106   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax of $1,931

   —        —        —        —          3,894      —        —          —          3,894   

Dividends per common share

   —        —        —        (64,006     —        —        —          —          (64,006
                                                                

Balance at

    June 30, 2009

   174,562    $ 1,746    $ 6,135,650    $ (2,130,833   $ (78,357   0    $ 0      $ 4,557      $ 3,932,763   
                                                                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

5


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Three Months Ended June 30,
     2010     2009

Net income

   $ 72,751      $ 51,989

Pension plan amortized to periodic benefit cost:

    

Prior service cost, net of tax of $13 and $8, respectively

     19        12

Actuarial loss, net of tax of $698 and $958, respectively

     1,092        1,498

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (454     1,414
              

Total comprehensive income

   $ 73,408      $ 54,913
              

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2010     2009  

Net income (loss)

   $ 103,559      $ (361,090

Pension plan amortized to periodic benefit cost:

    

Prior service cost, net of tax of $25 and $15, respectively

     39        23   

Actuarial loss, net of tax of $1,396 and $1,916, respectively

     2,184        2,997   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (92     874   
                

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 105,690      $ (357,196
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

6


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

Note 1: Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet of American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies (the “Company”) at June 30, 2010, the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, and the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, are unaudited, but reflect all adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary to present fairly the consolidated financial position, the consolidated changes in stockholders’ equity, the consolidated results of operations and comprehensive income (loss), and the consolidated cash flows for the periods presented. All adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature, except as otherwise disclosed. Because they cover interim periods, the unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes to the consolidated financial statements do not include all disclosures and notes normally provided in annual financial statements and, therefore, should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year, due primarily to the seasonality of the Company’s operations.

Note 2: New Accounting Pronouncements

Fair Value Measurements

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued authoritative guidance that requires new disclosures of (i) the amounts of significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for those transfers and (ii) information in the reconciliation of recurring Level 3 measurements (those using significant unobservable inputs) about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis. This update also clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to disclose information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the reconciliation of Level 3 measurements, which does not become effective until interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. As this guidance clarifies and provides for additional disclosure requirements only, the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance that replaces the quantitative-based risk and rewards calculation for determining which reporting entity has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with a qualitative approach. This revised guidance also requires additional disclosures about a reporting entity’s involvement in variable interest entities. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2010. These changes did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows; however, these changes could impact the accounting for the Company’s interests in a variable interest entity in the future.

Note 3: Goodwill

At June 30, 2010 the Company’s goodwill totaled $1,250,692. The Company’s annual goodwill impairment test is conducted at November 30 of each calendar year and interim reviews are performed when the Company determines that a triggering event that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value has occurred. The Company concluded no such triggering event occurred during the six months ended June 30, 2010, accordingly no interim review was performed for this period.

During the first quarter of 2009, the Company’s stock price experienced a high degree of volatility and, as of March 31, 2009, had a sustained period for which it was below historical averages and 10% below the market price employed in the Company’s 2008 annual goodwill impairment test. Having considered both qualitative and quantitative factors, management concluded that this sustained decline in market value below the market value that existed at the 2008 annual impairment test was an interim triggering event and performed an interim impairment test. The Company’s calculated market capitalization at March 31, 2009 was $1,186,000 below its aggregated carrying value of its reporting units.

Management concluded the fair value of certain of the Company’s reporting units were below their carrying values as of March 31, 2009. Upon completing the impairment calculation, the Company recognized $450,000 as a goodwill impairment charge for the three months ended March 31, 2009.

 

7


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the six-month changes in the Company’s goodwill by reporting unit:

 

     Regulated Unit     Non-Regulated Units     Consolidated  
     Cost    Accumulated
Impairment
    Cost    Accumulated
Impairment
    Cost    Accumulated
Impairment
    Total Net  

Balance at January 1, 2010

   $ 3,565,913    $ (2,443,628   $ 235,715    $ (107,619   $ 3,801,628    $ (2,551,247   $ 1,250,381   

Reclassifications and other activity

     36      0       275      0       311      0       311   
                                                     

Balance at June 30, 2010

   $ 3,565,949    $ (2,443,628   $ 235,990    $ (107,619   $ 3,801,939    $ (2,551,247   $ 1,250,692   
                                                     

Balance at January 1, 2009

   $ 3,565,215    $ (1,995,380   $ 235,549    $ (105,867   $ 3,800,764    $ (2,101,247   $ 1,699,517   

Impairment losses

     0      (448,248     0      (1,752     0      (450,000     (450,000

Reclassifications and other activity

     550      0       0      0       550      0       550   
                                                     

Balance at June 30, 2009

   $ 3,565,765    $ (2,443,628   $ 235,549    $ (107,619   $ 3,801,314    $ (2,551,247   $ 1,250,067   
                                                     

The Company may be required to recognize an impairment of goodwill in the future due to market conditions or other factors related to the Company’s performance. These market events could include a decline over a period of time of the Company’s stock price, a decline over a period of time in valuation multiples of comparable water utilities, the lack of an increase in the Company’s market price consistent with its peer companies, or decreases in control premiums. A decline in the forecasted results in our business plan, such as changes in rate case results or capital investment budgets or changes in our interest rates, could also result in an impairment charge. Recognition of impairments of a significant portion of goodwill would negatively affect the Company’s reported results of operations and total capitalization, the effect of which could be material and could make it more difficult to maintain its credit ratings, secure financing on attractive terms, maintain compliance with debt covenants and meet expectations of our regulators.

The Company uses a two-step impairment test to identify potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of a goodwill impairment loss to be recognized (if any). The step 1 calculation used to identify potential impairment compares the calculated fair value for each of the Company’s reporting units to their respective net carrying values (book values), including goodwill, on the measurement date. If the fair value of any reporting unit is less than such reporting unit’s carrying value, then step 2 is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss (if any) for such reporting unit.

The step 2 calculation of the impairment test compares, by reporting unit, the implied fair value of the goodwill to the carrying value of goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is equal to the excess of the fair value of each reporting unit above the fair value of such reporting unit’s identified assets and liabilities. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill for any reporting unit, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess (not to exceed the carrying value of goodwill) for that reporting unit.

The determination of the fair value of each reporting unit and the fair value of each reporting unit’s assets and liabilities is performed as of the measurement date using observable market data before and after the measurement date (if that subsequent information is relevant to the fair value on the measurement date).

The estimated fair value of the Regulated reporting unit for step 1 is based on a combination of the following valuation techniques:

 

   

observable trading prices of comparable equity securities of publicly-traded water utilities considered by us to be the Company’s peers; and

 

   

discounted cash flow models developed from the Company’s internal forecasts.

The estimated fair values of the Non-Regulated reporting units are determined entirely on the basis of discounted cash flow models.

The first valuation technique applies average peer multiples to the Regulated reporting unit’s historic and forecasted cash flows. The peer multiples are calculated using the average trading prices of comparable equity securities of publicly-traded water utilities, their published cash flows and forecasts of market price and cash flows for those peers.

The second valuation technique forecasts each reporting unit’s five-year cash flows using an estimated long-term growth rate and discounts these cash flows at their respective estimated weighted average cost of capital.

In conjunction with step 1, the Company also reconciles the difference between the calculated market capitalization and the aggregate carrying value of the reporting units to ensure that any excess is supportable by relevant market information. The Company makes certain assumptions, which it believes to be appropriate, that support this reconciliation. The Company considers, in addition to the listed trading price of the Company’s shares, the applicability of a control premium to the Company’s shares and certain other factors the Company deems appropriate. As a result, the Company may conclude that the Company’s fair value exceeds what the Company might otherwise have concluded had it relied on market price alone.

 

8


Table of Contents

In addition, given recent market conditions, management determined that it is appropriate for the Company to consider the average of the Company’s closing market price over a thirty day period rather than using a particular date to calculate its market capitalization.

If step 2 of the impairment test is required, the Company determines the fair value of the applicable reporting unit’s assets and liabilities. The fair values of the applicable debt are highly dependent upon market conditions surrounding the measurement date. For the step 2 calculations of the fair value of debt, the Company uses observable prices of instruments and indices that have risks similar to those instruments being valued, adjusted to compensate for differences in credit profile, collateral, tax treatment and call features, to calculate the fair value of each reporting unit’s debt.

Note 4: Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

On March 23, 2010, the Company filed a Form S-3 Registration Statement with the SEC to register 5,000 shares of the Company’s common stock issuable under American Water Stock Direct, a dividend reinvestment and direct stock purchase plan (the “DRIP”). Under the DRIP, stockholders may reinvest cash dividends and purchase additional Company common stock, up to certain limits, through a transfer agent without commission fees. The Company’s transfer agent may buy newly issued shares directly from the Company or shares held in the Company’s treasury. The transfer agent may also buy shares in the public markets or in privately negotiated transactions. Purchases generally will be made and credited to DRIP accounts once each week. The Company issued 18 shares of common stock with proceeds of $363 during the first six months of 2010 under the DRIP.

On March 1, 2010, the Company made a cash dividend payment of $0.21 per share to all common shareholders of record as of February 18, 2010, amounting to $36,679. On June 1, 2010, the Company made a cash dividend payment of $0.21 per share to all common shareholders of record as of May 18, 2010, amounting to $36,689.

In March 2009 and June 2009, the Company made a cash dividend payment of $0.20 per share to all common shareholders of record as of February 18, 2009 and May 18, 2009, respectively.

On July 30, 2010, the Company declared a quarterly cash dividend payment of $0.22 per share payable on September 1, 2010 to all shareholders of record as of August 18, 2010.

Stock Based Compensation

The Company has granted stock option and restricted stock unit awards to non-employee directors, officers and other key employees of the Company pursuant to the terms of its 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). As of June 30, 2010, a total of 11,730 shares are available for grant under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of Company stock or reacquired shares of Company stock, including shares purchased by the Company on the open market for purposes of the Plan.

The Company recognizes compensation expense for stock awards over the vesting period of the award. The following table presents stock-based compensation expense recorded in operations and maintenance expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Three Months Ended
June  30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2009     2010     2009  

Stock options

   $ 949      $ 889      $ 1,854      $ 1,831   

Restricted stock units

     1,683        1,258        2,886        2,196   

Employee stock purchase plan

     85        96        171        210   
                                

Stock-based compensation in operation and maintenance expense

     2,717        2,243        4,911        4,237   

Income tax benefit

     (1,060     (875     (1,916     (1,653
                                

After-tax stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,657      $ 1,368      $ 2,995      $ 2,584   
                                

There were no significant stock-based compensation costs capitalized during the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

9


Table of Contents

Stock Options

Stock options granted in 2008 included 1,470 stock options that were subject to performance-based vesting requirements. In February 2009, the Company cancelled 311 of these stock options related to the first performance vesting period because the performance goals were not fully met at December 31, 2008. In February 2010, the Company cancelled 459 of these stock options related to the second performance vesting period because the second performance goals were not fully met at December 31, 2009. The Company continues to recognize expense on the remaining stock options during the service period, which ends December 31, 2010.

In the first quarter of 2010, the Company granted 867 non-qualified stock options to certain employees under the Plan. The stock options vest ratably over a three-year service period from January 1, 2010. These awards have no performance vesting conditions and the grant date fair value is amortized through expense over the requisite service period using the straight-line method. The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used in the pricing model for 2010 grants and the resulting weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted:

 

Dividend yield

     3.83 

Expected volatility

     31.86 

Risk-free interest rate

     2.22 

Expected life (years)

     4.32   

Exercise price

   $ 21.94   

Grant date fair value

   $ 4.36   

Stock options granted under the Plan have maximum terms of seven years, vest over periods ranging from one to three years, and are granted with exercise prices equal to the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. As of June 30, 2010, $5,374 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested stock options is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of 1.6 years. The following table summarizes stock option activity for the six months ended June 30, 2010:

 

     Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
(per share)
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Options outstanding at January 1, 2010

   2,724      $ 21.19      

Granted

   867        21.94      

Cancelled

   (459     21.50      

Forfeited or expired

   (63     21.02      

Exercised

   (17     21.32      
              

Options outstanding at June 30, 2010

   3,052      $ 21.36    5.16    $ 4
                        

Exercisable at June 30, 2010 (a)

   848      $ 21.18    4.06    $ 0
                        

 

(a) Includes stock options issued to retired employees

Cash received for stock options exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $367 and the intrinsic value of the options was $18.

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units granted in 2008 included 190 restricted stock units that were subject to performance-based vesting requirements. In February 2009, the Company cancelled 39 of these restricted stock units related to the first performance vesting period because the performance goals were not fully met at December 31, 2008. In February 2010, the Company cancelled 60 of these restricted stock units related to the second performance vesting period because the second performance goals were not fully met at December 31, 2009. The Company continues to recognize expense on the remaining restricted stock units during the service period, which ends December 31, 2010.

In the first quarter of 2010, the Company granted 243 restricted stock units to certain employees under the Plan. The restricted stock units vest ratably over the three year performance period beginning January 1, 2010 (the “Performance Period”); however, distribution of the shares is contingent upon the achievement of internal performance measures and, separately, certain market thresholds over the Performance Period. The restricted stock units granted with performance and service conditions are valued at the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The restricted stock units granted with market and service conditions are valued using a Monte Carlo model.

On May 7, 2010, the Company granted 19 restricted stock units to certain non-employee directors under the Plan. The restricted stock units vested on the date of grant; however, distribution of the shares will be made within 30 days of the earlier of August 11, 2011 or the participant’s separation from service. The grant date fair value of these restricted stock units was $20.71. The value of

 

10


Table of Contents

restricted stock awards at the date of the grant is amortized through expense over the requisite service period using the straight-line method for the restricted stock units with service and/or performance vesting. The grant date fair value of the restricted stock awards that have (a) market and/or performance and service conditions and (b) vest ratably is amortized through expense over the requisite service period using the graded-vesting method. As of June 30, 2010, $4,946 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested restricted stock units is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average remaining life of 1.0 years.

The following table summarizes restricted stock unit activity for the six months ended June 30, 2010:

 

    

Shares

   Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(per share)

Nonvested total at January 1, 2010

   402    $ 21.77

Granted

   262      23.16

Distributed

   (40)      21.50

Cancelled

   (60)      21.50

Forfeited

   (9)      21.93

Undistributed vested awards

   (43)      21.16
       

Nonvested total at June 30, 2010

   512    $ 22.58
       

The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock units distributed was $894, on which the Company recognized an income tax benefit of $14, which has been recorded in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

If dividends are declared with respect to shares of the Company’s common stock before the restricted stock units are distributed, the Company credits a liability for the value of the dividends that would have been paid if the restricted stock units were shares of Company common stock. When the restricted stock units are distributed, the Company pays the employee a lump sum cash payment equal to the value of the dividend equivalents accrued. The Company accrued dividend equivalents totaling $230 and $143 to retained earnings during the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under the Nonqualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), employees can use payroll deductions to acquire Company stock at the lesser of 90% of the fair market value of (a) the beginning or (b) the end of each three-month purchase period. As of June 30, 2010 there were 1,773 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP. During the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company issued 59 shares under the ESPP.

Note 5: Long-Term Debt

The Company primarily issues long-term debt to fund capital expenditures at the regulated subsidiaries. The components of long-term debt are as follows:

 

    

Rate

  

Weighted
Average Rate

   Maturity
Date
   June 30,
2010
   December 31,
2009

Long-term debt of American Water Capital Corp. (“AWCC”)

              

Private activity bonds and government funded debt(a)

              

Fixed rate

   5.25%-6.75%    5.89%    2018-2040    $ 251,975    $ 200,975

Senior notes

              

Fixed rate

   5.39%-10.00%    6.26%    2011-2039      3,087,853      3,115,853

Long-term debt of other subsidiaries

              

Private activity bonds and government funded debt

              

Fixed rate

   0.00%-6.88%    5.30%    2010-2039      1,194,692      1,197,611

Floating rate(b)

   0.90%-1.05%    0.95%    2015      8,560      8,560

Mortgage bonds

              

Fixed rate

   5.48%-9.71%    7.48%    2011-2039      744,780      754,966

Mandatory redeemable preferred stock

   4.60%-9.75%    8.37%    2013-2036      24,201      24,207

Notes payable and other(c)

   4.90%-14.57%    7.47%    2011-2026      6,182      6,561
                      

Long-term debt

              5,318,243      5,308,733

Unamortized debt discount, net(d)

              54,880      57,461
                      

Total long-term debt

            $ 5,373,123    $ 5,366,194
                      

 

(a) As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, the Company held $10,635 of floating rate debt in its treasury, as it had not been able to re-issue the debt to investors at acceptable interest rates. On July 27, 2010, the Company re-issued this debt as fixed rate of 5.25% due 2028.

 

11


Table of Contents
(b) Represents variable rate tax-exempt bonds remarketed for periods up to 270 days. The $8,560 balance is classified as current portion of long-term debt in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets because it was repurchased by the Company during the first quarter of 2009 when no investor was willing to purchase it at market rates. This debt was subsequently remarketed as floating rate debt in the second quarter of 2009.
(c) Includes capital lease obligations of $5,382 and $5,679 at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
(d) Includes fair value adjustments previously recognized in acquisition purchase accounting.

The following long-term debt was issued in 2010:

 

Company

  

Type

   Interest Rate   Maturity    Amount

American Water Capital Corp. (1)

   Private activity bonds and government funded debt – fixed rate    5.38%   2040    $ 26,000

American Water Capital Corp. (1)

   Private activity bonds and government funded debt – fixed rate    5.25%   2040      25,000

Other subsidiaries

   Private activity bonds and government funded debt – fixed rate    0.00%-2.31%   2021-2030      1,193
              

Total issuances

           $ 52,193
              
(1) The proceeds of these issuances are initially kept in Trust, pending the Company’s certification that it has incurred qualifying capital expenditures. These issuances have been presented as non-cash on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Subsequent release of all or a lesser portion of these funds by the applicable Trust are reflected as the release of restricted funds, and are included in investing activities in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. These issuances include a 10 year call option by the Company.

The following long-term debt was retired through optional redemption or payment at maturity during 2010:

 

Company

  

Type

   Interest Rate   Maturity    Amount

American Water Capital Corp.

   Senior notes-fixed rate    6.87%   2011    $ 28,000

Other subsidiaries

   Private activity bonds and government funded debt    0.00%-5.90%   2010-2034      4,112

Other subsidiaries

   Mortgage bond    7.86%-8.98%   2010-2011      10,186

Other subsidiaries

   Mandatory redeemable preferred stock    4.75%-5.75%   2017-2019      6

Other

   Capital leases & other           379
              

Total retirements & redemptions

           $ 42,683
              

Interest, net includes interest income of approximately $2,614 and $4,919 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and $2,413 and $4,962 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, respectively.

On July 9, 2010, a regulated subsidiary of the Company closed on a refunding of four outstanding bond issues totaling $150,000. The three new fixed rate bonds issued included $15,300 at 4.45% due 2023, $24,700 at 5.10% due 2023 and $110,000 at 5.60% due 2034.

On July 12, 2010, the Company entered into an interest rate swap to hedge $100,000 of its 6.085% fixed rate debt maturing 2017. The Company will pay variable interest of six-month LIBOR plus 3.422%.

Note 6: Short-Term Debt

The components of short-term debt are as follows:

 

     June 30,
2010
   December 31,
2009

Commercial paper, net of $27 and $5 discount, respectively

   $ 234,423    $ 84,995

Bank overdraft

     31,384      34,502
             

Total short-term debt

   $ 265,807    $ 119,497
             

The Company had no outstanding borrowings on its revolving credit line as of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

 

12


Table of Contents

Note 7: Income Taxes

The Company’s estimated annual effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was 40.4% compared to 39.4% for the six months ended June 30, 2009, excluding various discrete items including goodwill impairment. The Company’s actual effective tax rates for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 were 40.2% and 39.6%, respectively. The Company’s actual effective rates for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 were 39.7% and (14.1%), respectively.

The 2009 six month rate reflects the tax effects of goodwill impairments as discrete items as the Company considers these charges as infrequently occurring or unusual.

President Obama signed the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “PPACA”) into law on March 23, 2010 and on March 30, 2010, signed the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, which makes various amendments to certain aspects of the PPACA (together, the “Acts”). The PPACA effectively changes the tax treatment of federal subsidies paid to sponsors of retiree health benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to the benefits under Medicare Part D. As a result of the Acts, these subsidy payments will effectively become taxable in tax years beginning after December 31, 2012.

Although this change does not take effect immediately, companies are required to recognize the full accounting impact in their financial statements in the period in which the legislation was enacted. As a result, in the first quarter of 2010, the Company followed its original accounting for the underfunded status of other postretirement benefits for the Medicare Part D adjustment and recorded a reduction in its deferred tax assets and an increase in its regulatory assets amounting to $27,128.

Note 8: Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit costs:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2009     2010     2009  

Components of net periodic pension benefit cost

        

Service cost

   $ 7,668      $ 7,106      $ 15,337      $ 14,213   

Interest cost

     16,901        15,729        33,801        31,459   

Expected return on plan assets

     (14,187     (10,556     (28,375     (21,112

Amortization of:

        

Prior service cost

     80        46        161        91   

Actuarial loss

     4,475        5,992        8,951        11,984   
                                

Net periodic pension benefit cost

   $ 14,937      $ 18,317      $ 29,875      $ 36,635   
                                
     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2009     2010     2009  

Components of net periodic other postretirement benefit cost

        

Service cost

   $ 3,666      $ 3,293      $ 7,332      $ 6,586   

Interest cost

     8,038        7,295        16,075        14,590   

Expected return on plan assets

     (6,093     (4,659     (12,186     (9,319

Amortization of:

        

Transition obligation

     44        44        87        87   

Prior service (credit) cost

     (295     (295     (590     (590

Actuarial loss

     2,039        2,288        4,079        4,577   
                                

Net periodic other postretirement benefit cost

   $ 7,399      $ 7,966      $ 14,797      $ 15,931   
                                

The Company contributed $41,000 to its defined benefit pension plan in the first six months of 2010 and expects to contribute $55,600 during the balance of 2010. In addition, the Company contributed $19,359 for the funding of its other postretirement plans in the first six months of 2010 and expects to contribute $19,360 during the balance of 2010.

Note 9: Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is also routinely involved in legal actions incident to the normal conduct of its business. At June 30, 2010, the Company has accrued approximately $3,500 as probable costs and it is reasonably possible that additional losses could range up to $13,300 for these matters. For certain matters, the Company is unable to estimate possible losses. The Company believes that damages or settlements, if any, recovered by plaintiffs in such claims or actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

13


Table of Contents

The Company enters into agreements for the provision of services to water and wastewater facilities for the United States military, municipalities and other customers. The Company’s military services agreements expire between 2051 and 2060 and have remaining performance commitments as measured by estimated remaining contract revenue of $2,095,000 at June 30, 2010. The Company’s Operations and Maintenance agreements with municipalities and other customers expire between 2010 and 2048 and have remaining performance commitments as measured by estimated remaining contract revenue of $1,323,000 at June 30, 2010. Some of the Company’s long-term contracts to operate and maintain a municipality’s, federal government’s or other party’s water or wastewater treatment and delivery facilities include responsibility for certain major maintenance for some of those facilities, in exchange for an annual fee. Unless specifically required to perform certain maintenance activities, the maintenance costs are recognized when the maintenance is performed.

Note 10: Environmental Matters

The Company’s water and wastewater operations are subject to federal, state, local and foreign requirements relating to environmental protection and as such the Company periodically becomes subject to environmental claims in the normal course of business. Remediation costs that relate to an existing condition caused by past operations are accrued when it is probable that these costs will be incurred and can be reasonably estimated. Remediation costs accrued amounted to $6,761 and $7,947 at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Included in the balance of the accrual was $6,600 at June 30, 2010 and $7,700 at December 31, 2009 related to a conservation agreement entered into by a subsidiary of the Company with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration requiring the Company to, among other provisions, implement certain measures to protect the steelhead trout and its habitat in the Carmel River watershed in the state of California. The Company has agreed to pay $1,100 annually from 2010 through 2016; the 2010 payment was made in June. The payments will be used to improve habitat conditions for the steelhead trout in the Carmel River Watershed and will end upon a regional desalinization plant becoming operational and the subsidiary’s diversions from the Carmel River coming within permitted limits. The Company pursues recovery of incurred costs through all appropriate means, including regulatory recovery through customer rates.

Note 11: Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

Earnings per share is calculated using the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for each class of common stock and participating security. The Company has participating securities related to restricted stock units, granted under the Company’s 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan, that earn dividend equivalents on an equal basis with common shares. In applying the two-class method, undistributed earnings are allocated to both common shares and participating securities. The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s net income (loss) and weighted average common shares outstanding for calculating basic net income (loss) per share:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010    2009    2010    2009  

Basic

           

Net income (loss)

   $ 72,751    $ 51,989    $ 103,559    $ (361,090

Less: Distributed earnings to common shareholders (a)

     36,797      32,074      73,575      64,146  

Less: Distributed earnings to participating securities

     13      3      23      0  
                             

Undistributed earnings

     35,941      19,912      29,961      (425,236 )

Undistributed earnings allocated to common shareholders (b)

     35,930      19,911      29,953      (425,236 )

Undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     11      1      8      0  
                             

Total income (loss) available to common shareholders, basic (a) + (b)

   $ 72,727    $ 51,985    $ 103,528    $ (361,090
                             

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

     174,774      163,229      174,747      161,629   
                             

Basic net income (loss) per common share

   $ 0.42    $ 0.32    $ 0.59    $ (2.23
                             

 

14


Table of Contents

Diluted net income (loss) per common share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents related to the restricted stock units, stock options, and employee stock purchase plan. The dilutive effect of restricted stock units, stock options, and the employee stock purchase plan is calculated using the treasury stock method and expected proceeds on vesting of the restricted stock units, exercise of the stock options and purchases under the employee stock purchase plan. The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s net income (loss) and weighted average common shares outstanding for calculating diluted net income (loss) per share:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010    2009    2010    2009  

Diluted

           

Total income (loss) available to common shareholders, basic

   $ 72,727    $ 51,985    $ 103,528    $ (361,090

Undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     11      1      8      0  
                             

Total income (loss) available to common shareholders, diluted

   $ 72,738    $ 51,986    $ 103,536    $ (361,090
                             

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

     174,774      163,229      174,747      161,629   

Stock-based compensation:

           

Restricted stock units

     74      71      70      0  

Stock options

     0      0      0      0  

Employee stock purchase plan

     2      1      3      0  
                             

Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted

     174,850      163,301      174,820      161,629   
                             

Diluted net income (loss) per commons share

   $ 0.42    $ 0.32    $ 0.59    $ (2.23
                             

Options to purchase 3,049 and 1,980 shares of the Company’s common stock were excluded from the calculation of diluted common shares outstanding because they were anti-dilutive for the three-month periods ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. There were 371 and 304 restricted stock units excluded from the calculation of diluted common shares outstanding for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, because certain performance conditions were not satisfied. Additionally 824 stock options were excluded from the three month ended June 30, 2009 diluted common shares outstanding calculation because certain performance conditions were not met. Options to purchase 3,049 shares of the Company’s common stock and 371 restricted stock units were excluded from the calculation of diluted common shares outstanding for the six months ended June 30, 2010 because they were anti-dilutive. All of the potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the six months ended June 30, 2009 because they were anti-dilutive.

Note 12: Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments.

Current assets and current liabilities: The carrying amount reported in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets for current assets and current liabilities, including revolving credit debt due to the short-term maturities and variable interest rates, approximates their fair values.

Preferred stock with mandatory redemption requirements and long-term debt: The fair values of preferred stock with mandatory redemption requirements and long-term debt are determined by a valuation model which is based on a conventional discounted cash flow methodology and utilizes assumptions of current market rates. As a majority of the Company’s debts do not trade in active markets, the fair values are highly dependent upon market conditions surrounding the measurement date. The Company calculated a base yield curve using a risk-free rate (a US Treasury securities yield curve) plus a credit spread that is based on the following two factors: an average of the Company’s own publicly-traded debt securities and the current market rates for US Utility BBB+ debt securities. The Company used these yield curve assumptions to derive a base yield and then adjusted the base yield for specific features of the debt securities for differences in credit profile, collateral, tax treatment and call features.

The carrying amounts (including fair value adjustments previously recognized in acquisition purchase accounting) and fair values of the financial instruments are as follows:

 

As of June 30, 2010

   Carrying
Amount
   Fair Value

Preferred stocks with mandatory redemption requirements

   $ 24,156    $ 27,442

Long-term debt (excluding capital lease obligations)

     5,343,585      5,931,605

 

As of December 31, 2009

   Carrying
Amount
   Fair Value

Preferred stocks with mandatory redemption requirements

   $ 24,164    $ 26,257

Long-term debt (excluding capital lease obligations)

     5,336,351      5,633,384

 

15


Table of Contents

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and their level within the fair value hierarchy as of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively:

 

     At Fair Value as of June 30, 2010

Recurring Fair Value Measures

   Level 1    Level 2     Level 3    Total

Assets:

          

Restricted funds

   $ 97,610      —        —      $ 97,610

Rabbi trust investments

     —      $ 2,003      —        2,003

Deposits

     1,588      —        —        1,588
                          

Total assets

     99,198      2,003      —        101,201
                          

Liabilities:

          

Deferred compensation obligation

     —        8,185      —        8,185
                          

Total liabilities

     —        8,185      —        8,185
                          

Total net assets (liabilities)

   $ 99,198    $ (6,182   —      $ 93,016
                          
     At Fair Value as of December 31, 2009

Recurring Fair Value Measures

   Level 1    Level 2     Level 3    Total

Assets:

          

Restricted funds

   $ 61,232      —        —      $ 61,232

Rabbi trust investments

     —      $ 2,551      —        2,551

Deposits

     11,612      —        —        11,612
                          

Total assets

     72,844      2,551      —        75,395
                          

Liabilities:

          

Deferred compensation obligation

     —        8,881      —        8,881
                          

Total liabilities

     —        8,881      —        8,881
                          

Total net assets (liabilities)

   $ 72,844    $ (6,330   —      $ 66,514
                          

Restricted funds – The Company’s restricted funds primarily represent proceeds received from financings for the construction and capital improvement of facilities and from customers for future services under operations and maintenance projects. The proceeds of these financings are held in escrow until the designated expenditures are incurred. Restricted funds expected to be released within twelve months subsequent to year-end are classified as current.

Rabbi trust investments – The Company’s rabbi trust investments consist primarily of fixed income investments from which supplemental executive retirement plan benefits are paid. The Company includes these assets in other long-term assets.

Deposits – Deposits includes escrow funds and certain other deposits held in trust. The Company includes cash deposits in other current assets. The December 31, 2009 balance included $10,170 for an escrow account related to an agreement the Company’s New Jersey regulated subsidiary had entered into with the City of Trenton, New Jersey to purchase certain assets of Trenton’s water system located in four surrounding townships. The purchase agreement was contested in litigation with a group of Trenton residents, and ultimately put to a voter referendum. The result of the referendum was unfavorable to the Company, and as a result, the agreement to purchase the assets has been terminated. The escrow deposit, plus accrued interest, was returned to the Company on June 30, 2010.

Deferred compensation obligations – The Company’s deferred compensation plans allow participants to defer certain cash compensation into notional investment accounts. The Company includes such plans in other long-term liabilities. The value of the Company’s deferred compensation obligations is based on the market value of the participants’ notional investment accounts. The notional investments are comprised primarily of mutual funds, which are based on observable market prices.

Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements

As discussed in Note 3, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $450,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The Company’s goodwill valuation model includes significant unobservable inputs and falls within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Note 13: Segment Information

The Company has two operating segments which are also the Company’s two reportable segments referred to as the Regulated Businesses and Non-Regulated Businesses segments.

 

16


Table of Contents

The following table includes the Company’s summarized segment information:

 

     As of or for the Three Months Ended
June 30, 2010
     Regulated    Non-Regulated    Other     Consolidated

Net operating revenues

   $ 602,315    $ 75,317    $ (6,409   $ 671,223

Depreciation and amortization

     70,010      1,807      4,676        76,493

Total operating expenses, net

     413,002      72,005      (9,767     475,240

Adjusted EBIT (1)

     189,805      5,128     

Total assets

     11,952,668      240,686      1,580,162        13,773,516

Capital expenditures

     182,774      1,823      0       184,597
     As of or for the Three Months Ended
June 30, 2009
     Regulated    Non-Regulated    Other     Consolidated

Net operating revenues

   $ 554,977    $ 64,264    $ (6,501   $ 612,740

Depreciation and amortization

     67,656      1,464      4,122        73,242

Total operating expenses, net

     407,541      58,557      (10,550     455,548

Adjusted EBIT (1)

     147,731      5,387     

Total assets

     11,336,826      241,133      1,612,090        13,190,049

Capital expenditures

     202,757      1,239      0       203,996
     As of or for the Six Months Ended
June 30, 2010
     Regulated    Non-Regulated    Other     Consolidated

Net operating revenues

   $ 1,121,803    $ 149,843    $ (12,370   $ 1,259,276

Depreciation and amortization

     139,336      3,708      9,681        152,725

Total operating expenses, net

     814,497      142,786      (20,055     937,228

Adjusted EBIT (1)

     308,446      9,347     

Total assets

     11,952,668      240,686      1,580,162        13,773,516

Capital expenditures

     323,058      4,221      0       327,279
     As of or for the Six Months Ended
June 30, 2009
     Regulated    Non-Regulated    Other     Consolidated

Net operating revenues

   $ 1,052,347    $ 121,796    $ (11,233   $ 1,162,910

Depreciation and amortization

     133,849      2,774      5,462        142,085

Impairment charge

     0      0      450,000        450,000

Total operating expenses, net

     797,943      112,501      430,644        1,341,088

Adjusted EBIT (1)

     255,457      10,102     

Total assets

     11,336,826      241,133      1,612,090        13,190,049

Capital expenditures

     397,450      2,724      0       400,174

 

(1) Management evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources based on several factors, of which the primary measure is Adjusted EBIT. Adjusted EBIT does not represent cash flow for periods presented and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as an indicator of the Company’s operating performance or as an alternative to cash flows as a source of liquidity. Adjusted EBIT as defined by the Company may not be comparable with Adjusted EBIT as defined by other companies.

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBIT, as defined by the Company, to income (loss) before income taxes:

 

     For the Three Months Ended
June 30, 2010
 
     Regulated     Non-Regulated    Total
Segments
 

Adjusted EBIT

   $ 189,805      $ 5,128    $ 194,933   

Add:

       

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     2,407        —        2,407   

Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction

     1,254        —        1,254   

Less:

       

Interest, net

     (61,881     389      (61,492

Amortization of debt expense

     (1,126     0      (1,126
                       

 

17


Table of Contents
     For the Three Months Ended
June 30, 2010
 
     Regulated     Non-Regulated    Total
Segments
 

Segments’ income before income taxes

   $ 130,459      $ 5,517      135,976   

Interest, net

          (17,242

Other

          2,838   
             

Income before income taxes

        $ 121,572   
             
     For the Three Months Ended
June 30, 2009
 
     Regulated     Non-Regulated    Total
Segments
 

Adjusted EBIT

   $ 147,731      $ 5,387    $ 153,118   

Add:

       

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     3,575        —        3,575   

Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction

     1,991        —        1,991   

Less:

       

Interest, net

     (57,423     867      (56,556

Amortization of debt expense

     (1,396     0      (1,396
                       

Segments’ income before income taxes

   $ 94,478      $ 6,254      100,732   

Interest, net

          (17,132

Other

          2,526   
             

Income before income taxes

        $ 86,126   
             
     For the Six Months Ended
June 30, 2010
 
     Regulated     Non-Regulated    Total
Segments
 

Adjusted EBIT

   $ 308,446      $ 9,347    $ 317,793   

Add:

       

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     4,558        —        4,558   

Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction

     2,651        —        2,651   

Less:

       

Interest, net

     (123,889     901      (122,988

Amortization of debt expense

     (1,671     0      (1,671
                       

Segments’ income before income taxes

   $ 190,095      $ 10,248      200,343   

Interest, net

          (34,461

Other

          5,975   
             

Income before income taxes

        $ 171,857   
             
     For the Six Months Ended
June 30, 2009
 
     Regulated     Non-Regulated    Total
Segments
 

Adjusted EBIT

   $ 255,457      $ 10,102    $ 265,559   

Add:

       

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     6,918        —        6,918   

Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction

     3,863        —        3,863   

Less:

       

Interest, net

     (113,817     1,699      (112,118

Amortization of debt expense

     (2,744     0      (2,744
                       

Segments’ income before income taxes

   $ 149,677      $ 11,801      161,478   

Impairment charge

          (450,000

Interest, net

          (33,549

Other

          5,689   
             

Loss before income taxes

        $ (316,382
             

 

18


Table of Contents
ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain matters within this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements included in this Form 10-Q, other than statements of historical fact, may constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words such as “may,” “should,” “will,” “could,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “plans,” “expects,” “future” and “intends” and similar expressions. Forward-looking statements may involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results or performance to differ from those projected in the forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to differences in results and outcomes from those in our forward-looking statements include, without limitation, those items discussed in the “Risk Factors” section or other sections in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and subsequent periodic reports, including this report. All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by such risk factors. We undertake no obligation, other than as required by law, to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

GENERAL

American Water Works Company, Inc. (herein referred to as “American Water” or the “Company”) is the largest investor-owned United States water and wastewater utility company, as measured both by operating revenue and population served. Our primary business involves the ownership of water and wastewater utilities that provide water and wastewater services to residential, commercial and industrial customers. Our Regulated Businesses that provide these services are generally subject to economic regulation by state regulatory agencies in the states in which they operate. We report the results of these businesses in our Regulated Businesses segment. We also provide services that are not subject to economic regulation by state regulatory agencies. We report the results of these businesses in our Non-Regulated Businesses segment. For further description of our businesses see the “Business” section found in our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 filed with the SEC.

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and in our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 as updated or amended in subsequent filed reports with the SEC.

OVERVIEW

Financial Results American Water’s net income was $72.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010 as compared to net income of $52.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009. Diluted earnings per average common share were $0.42 for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $0.32 for the three months ended June 30, 2009.

American Water’s net income was $103.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to a net loss of $361.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The Company recognized goodwill impairment charges, net of tax, of $443.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. Diluted earnings per average common share was $0.59 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to a diluted loss of ($2.23) for the six months ended June 30, 2009.

Revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2010 increased by $58.5 million compared to the same period in the prior year. This was primarily due to increased revenues in our Regulated Businesses of $47.3 million, which was mainly attributable to rate increases and increased consumption, and an increase in our Non-Regulated Businesses revenues of $11.1 million, which was primarily attributable to higher revenues in the Contract Operations Group of $10.7 million. The increase in Contract Operations Group revenues was primarily due to revenues of $9.4 million attributable to our entry into the industrial Operations and Maintenance (“O&M”) market through an acquisition in December of 2009, hereafter referred to as the “ Contract Operations’ Acquisition,” and increased military contract revenues of $2.6 million due to increased capital improvement as Fort Hood and Fort Polk became fully operational in 2010 and the addition of Fort Belvoir and Fort Meade contracts partially offset by a decrease in design and build contract revenues.

Operating expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2010 were $475.2 million compared to $455.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009. This $19.7 million increase was primarily driven by increased operating and maintenance expenses in our Non-Regulated Businesses of $12.7 million and increased operating expenses in our Regulated Businesses operation and maintenance costs of $1.0 million, higher depreciation expense of $2.4 million and increased general taxes of $2.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2009.

 

19


Table of Contents

Other items affecting income before income taxes for the three months ended June 30, 2010 as compared to the same period in the prior year include increased interest expense of $5.0 million mainly due to the 2009 issuances of long-term debt and decreased allowance for funds used during construction (“AFUDC”) of $1.9 million attributable to construction projects being placed in service in certain of our subsidiaries. Other income increased by $3.3 million which was attributable to the release of the remaining balance of a loss reserve of $1.3 million due to the resolution of outstanding issues and uncertainties as well as changes in the market value of Company-held deferred compensation. In addition, income tax expense increased by $14.7 million, which was mainly the result of higher taxable income for the three months ended June 30, 2010.

Revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2010 increased by $96.4 million compared to the same period in the prior year. This was primarily due to increased revenues in our Regulated Businesses of $69.5 million, which was largely attributable to rate increases, and an increase in our Non-Regulated Businesses revenues of $28.0 million, which was primarily attributable to higher revenues in the Contract Operations Group of $25.4 million. The increase in Contract Operations Group revenues was primarily due to revenues of $20.8 million attributable the Contract Operations’ Acquisition as well as increased military contract revenues of $7.7 million partially offset by lower design and build contract revenues. The increase in the military contract revenues was mainly attributable to increased capital improvement work due to being fully operational at Fort Hood and Fort Polk in 2010 and the addition of Fort Belvoir and Fort Meade contracts.

Operating expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 were $937.2 million compared to $1,341.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. Impairment charges were $450.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. All other operating expenses totaled $937.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $891.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. This $46.1 million increase was primarily driven by an increase in our Non-Regulated Businesses of $30.3 million and increased operating expenses in our Regulated Businesses of $16.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase in the Non-Regulated Businesses’ operating expenses was primarily the result of higher operating and maintenance expenses of $28.5 million, corresponding with the increased revenue. The Regulated Businesses’ increase in operating expenses was mainly driven by higher operations and maintenance expenses of $6.8 million, higher depreciation expense of $5.5 million and increased general taxes of $4.2 million.

Other items affecting income (loss) before income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2010 as compared to the same period in the prior year include increased interest expense of $11.8 million attributable to the 2009 issuances of long-term debt and decreased allowance for funds used during construction (“AFUDC”) of $3.6 million attributable to construction projects being placed in service in certain of our subsidiaries. Other income was higher compared to 2009 by $2.3 million which was attributable to the release of the remaining balance of the loss reserve of $1.3 million as well as changes in the market value of Company-held deferred compensation. In addition, income tax expense increased by $23.6 million, which was mainly the result of higher taxable income for the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Rate Case Development During the three months ended June 30, 2010, we received authorizations for additional annualized revenues from general rate cases totaling $118.6 million. In April 2010, our Illinois rate case and our New Mexico rate case, both of which were filed in 2009, were approved authorizing additional annualized revenues of $41.4 million effective April 23, 2010 and $0.5 million effective May 10, 2010, respectively. On April 30, 2010, our Indiana rate case, also filed in 2009, was approved authorizing additional annualized revenues of $31.5 million. In May 2010, our Ohio rate case which was filed in 2009 was approved authorizing additional annualized revenue of $2.6 million effective May 19, 2010. In June 2010, our Missouri rate case, which was filed for in October 2009 was approved authorizing additional annualized revenues of $28.0 million effective July 1, 2010. Also in June 2010, our California rate case, which was filed in 2009, was approved authorizing additional annualized revenue of $14.6 million. These new rates are effective July 1, 2010 for the Sacramento and Larkfield districts and for Los Angeles County will be retroactive back to January 1, 2010. On May 2010, new rates which would provide for an additional $0.6 million of annualized revenues were put into effect under bond for one of our Virginia subsidiaries. In addition to the general rate case increases in April and May 2010, additional annualized revenues of $1.8 million resulting from infrastructure charges for our Pennsylvania subsidiary became effective.

During the three months ended June 30, 2010, we filed four general rate cases. In April 2010, we filed a general rate case in New Jersey requesting additional annualized revenue of $84.7 million and four wastewater applications in Pennsylvania requesting additional annualized revenues of $11.7 million. On May 3, 2010 we filed an initial general rate case in California and on July 1, 2010 filed an update to that filing for a total request of additional annualized revenue of $53.9 million, including staged increases in 2013 and 2014 of $9.9 million and $10.9 million, respectively. In June 2010, we filed a general rate case in West Virginia requesting additional annualized revenues of $18.4 million.

In July 2010, additional annualized revenue of $0.2 million from an implemented rate increase in Michigan as well as $3.1 million and $0.2 million resulting from infrastructure charges in our Pennsylvania and New York subsidiaries, respectively, became effective. On February 25, 2010, our New Jersey subsidiary filed a petition with the Board of Public Utilities (“Board”) for approval to recover rates through a surcharge of approximately $3.3 million on an annual basis for an increase in purchased water and sewer treatment cost. On August 4, 2010 the Board authorized the Company to recover in rates a surcharge of approximately $3.1 million on an annual basis for purchased water and sewer treatment costs.

As of August 3, 2010, including the two states for which interim rates are in effect, we were awaiting final orders in eight states requesting additional annualized revenues of $223.9 million. There is no assurance that the filed amount, or any portion thereof, of any requested increases will be granted.

 

20


Table of Contents

Financing Activities During the six months ended June 30, 2010, we met our capital resource requirements with internally generated cash as well as funds from external sources primarily through commercial paper borrowings under our credit facilities.

On June 24, 2010, AWCC closed an offering of $26 million in tax-exempt water facility revenue bonds issued by Owen County, Kentucky. The bonds have a coupon of 5.38% with a maturity of 2040 and a 10-year call option. The proceeds from the bond offering will be used to repay short-term debt related to the construction of the water treatment and transmission facility located in Owen County, Kentucky, as well as to pay remaining costs of acquisition, construction, installation and equipping of the water treatment and transmission facility.

Also, on May 27, 2010, AWCC closed an offering of $25 million in tax-exempt water facility revenue bonds issued by the Illinois Finance Authority. The bonds have a coupon of 5.25% with a maturity of 2040 and a 10-year call option. The proceeds from the bond offering will be used to fund water facility projects in Champaign, Livingston, Logan, Madison, Peoria, and St. Clair counties in Illinois.

On July 9, 2010, our New Jersey regulated subsidiary closed on a refunding of four outstanding bond issues totaling $150.0 million. In order to accomplish the refunding, the New Jersey Economic Development Authority issued three new series of bonds on behalf of our New Jersey regulated subsidiary. The new bonds have coupon rates of 5.60%, 5.10% and 4.45% and mature in 2034, 2023 and 2023, respectively. Also, in July 2010, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $100.0 million, the purpose of which was to mitigate interest cost at the parent company relating to debt that was incurred by our prior owners and was not used in any manner to finance the cash needs of our subsidiaries.

On July 27, 2010, we remarketed the $10.6 million of variable rate debt that was held in the Company’s treasury as fixed rate bonds with a coupon rate of 5.25% and a maturity date of 2028.

Other Matters

Dividend On March 1, 2010 and June 2, 2010, the Company made cash dividend payments of $0.21 per share to all common shareholders of record as of February 18, 2010 and May 18, 2010, respectively. In March and June of 2009, the Company made cash dividend payments of $0.20 per share to all common shareholders of record as of February 18, 2009 and May 18, 2009, respectively.

On July 30, 2010, the Company declared a quarterly cash dividend payment of $0.22 per share payable on September 1, 2010 to all shareholders of record as of August 18, 2010.

Health Care Reform Bills President Obama signed the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “PPACA”) into law on March 23, 2010 and on March 30, 2010, signed the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, which makes various amendments to certain aspects of the PPACA (together, the “Acts”). A number of provisions in the Acts impact retiree health care plans provided by employers. One such provision of the PPACA changes the tax treatment of federal subsidies paid to sponsors of retiree health benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to the benefits under Medicare Part D. As a result of the Acts, these subsidy payments will effectively become taxable in tax years beginning after December 31, 2012. Although this change does not take effect immediately, companies are required to recognize the full accounting impact in their financial statements in the period in which the legislation was enacted. As such in the first six months of 2010, we followed our original regulatory accounting methodology related to the underfunded status of other postretirement benefits for the Medicare Part D adjustment and recorded a reduction in our deferred tax assets and an increase in our regulatory assets amounting to $27.1 million. The Acts also contain provisions that will necessitate changes to the health insurance benefits provided by the Company. Although we are still assessing the cost impact of the Acts, we do expect that required plan changes and the Company’s claims experience will result in increased medical benefit expense in the future.

Results of Operations

Three Months Ended June 30, 2010 Compared To Three Months Ended June 30, 2009

 

     For the three months ended
June 30,
    Favorable
(Unfavorable)
Change
 
(In thousands, except per share data)    2010     2009    

Operating revenues

   $ 671,223      $ 612,740      $ 58,483   
                        

Operating expenses

      

Operation and maintenance

     344,863        330,597        (14,266

Depreciation and amortization

     76,493        73,242        (3,251

General taxes

     53,890        51,699        (2,191

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

     (6     10        16   
                        

Total operating expenses, net

     475,240        455,548        (19,692
                        

Operating income

     195,983        157,192        38,791   
                        

Other income (expenses)

      

Interest, net

     (78,734     (73,688     (5,046

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     2,407        3,575        (1,168

 

21


Table of Contents

(In thousands, except per share data)

   For the three months  ended
June 30,
    Favorable
(Unfavorable)
Change
 
   2010     2009    

Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction

     1,254        1,991        (737

Amortization of debt expense

     (1,264     (1,535     271   

Other, net

     1,926        (1,409     3.335   
                        

Total other income (expenses)

     (74,411     (71,066     (3,345
                        

Income before income taxes

     121,572        86,126        35,446   

Provision for income taxes

     48,821        34,137        (14,684
                        

Net income

   $ 72,751      $ 51,989      $ 20,762   
                        

Income per common share:

      

Basic

   $ 0.42      $ 0.32     

Diluted

   $ 0.42      $ 0.32     

Average common shares outstanding during the period:

      

Basic

     174,774        163,229     

Diluted

     174,850        163,301     

The following table summarizes certain financial information for our Regulated and Non-Regulated Businesses for the periods indicated (without giving effect to inter-segment eliminations):

 

     For the three months ended June 30,
     2010    2009
     Regulated
Businesses
   Non-Regulated
Businesses
   Regulated
Businesses
   Non-Regulated
Businesses
     (In thousands)

Operating revenues

   $ 602,315    $ 75,317    $ 554,977    $ 64,264

Adjusted EBIT(1)

   $ 189,805    $ 5,128    $ 147,731    $ 5,387

 

(1) Adjusted EBIT, a non-GAAP measure, is defined as earnings before interest and income taxes from continuing operations. Management evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources based on several factors, of which the primary measure is Adjusted EBIT. Adjusted EBIT does not represent cash flow for the periods presented and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as an indicator of the Company’s operating performance or as an alternative to cash flows as a source of liquidity. Adjusted EBIT as defined by the Company may not be comparable with Adjusted EBIT as defined by other companies. For the reconciliation of Adjusted EBIT, as defined by the Company, to income before income taxes, see Financial Statement Note 13.

Operating revenues Our primary business involves the ownership of water and wastewater utilities that provide water and wastewater services to residential, commercial and industrial customers as well as sales to public authorities. The table below details the additional annualized revenues resulting from rate authorizations, including infrastructure charges, which were granted in the second quarter of 2010.

 

     Annualized Rate
Increases Granted
     (In millions)

State

  

General rate case:

  

Illinois

   $ 41.4

Indiana

     31.5

New Mexico

     0.5

Ohio

     2.6

Missouri

     28.0

California

     14.6
      

Subtotal- General Rate Cases

   $ 118.6
      

Infrastructure Charges:

  

Pennsylvania

     1.8

New York

     0.2
      

Subtotal- Infrastructure Charges

     2.0
      

Total

   $ 120.6
      

 

22


Table of Contents

Operating revenues increased by $58.5 million, or 9.5% for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2009. Regulated Businesses’ revenues increased by $47.3 million, or 8.5% for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year. The Non-Regulated Businesses’ revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2010 increased by $11.1 million, or 17.2% compared to the three months ended June 30, 2009.

The increase in revenues from the Regulated Businesses for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2009 was primarily due to rate increases obtained through rate authorizations for a number of our operating companies of which the year-to-date 2010 impact was approximately $34.5 million. Revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2010 increased by approximately $7.2 million due to higher demand as compared to the same period in the prior year. Most of this consumption increase occurred in our New Jersey regulated subsidiary in June 2010 as a result of the warmer/drier weather. In addition, for the three months ended June 30, 2010, surcharge and balancing account revenues increased by $2.2 million and sewer and fire service revenues increased by $2.2 million compared to the same period in the prior year.

The net increase in revenues from the Non-Regulated Businesses was primarily attributable to an increase in Contract Operations Group revenues primarily due to higher revenues totaling $10.7 million resulting from the Contract Operations’ Acquisition of $9.4 million as well as incremental revenues associated with military construction and O&M projects of $2.6 million partially offset by lower revenues associated with our design and build contracts.

The following table sets forth the percentage of Regulated Businesses’ revenues and water sales volume by customer class:

 

     For the three months ended June 30,  
     2010     2009     2010     2009  
     Operating Revenues     Water Sales Volume  
     (Dollars in thousands, gallons in millions)  

Customer Class

                    

Water service:

                    

Residential

   $ 342,195    56.8   $ 319,737    57.6   48,772    52.5   49,163    53.5

Commercial

     115,596    19.2     107,104    19.3   20,675    22.3   20,373    22.2

Industrial

     28,912    4.8     25,367    4.6   9,732    10.5   8,626    9.4

Public and other

     74,325    12.3     68,063    12.2   13,641    14.7   13,702    14.9

Other water revenues

     8,206    1.4     5,012    0.9   —      —        —      —     
                                                

Total water revenues

     569,234    94.5     525,283    94.6   92,820    100.0   91,864    100.0
                                

Wastewater service

     23,651    3.9     22,008    4.0          

Other revenues

     9,430    1.6     7,686    1.4          
                                    
   $ 602,315    100.0   $ 554,977    100.0          
                                    

The following discussion related to water services indicates the increase or decrease in the Regulated Businesses’ revenues and associated water sales volumes in gallons by customer class.

Water Services —Water service operating revenues from residential customers for the three months ended June 30, 2010 totaled $342.2 million, a $22.5 million increase, or 7.0%, over the same period of 2009, mainly due to rate increases partially offset by a decrease in sales volume. The volume of water sold to residential customers decreased by 0.8% for the three months ended June 30, 2010 to 48.8 billion gallons, from 49.2 billion gallons for the same period in 2009. Factors contributing to such a decline could include the current economic climate, weather, our customers concentrating on the environment or both ours and our customers’ increased focus on conservation. The extent to which these items individually contribute to the overall decline is difficult to measure.

Water service operating revenues from commercial water customers for the three months ended June 30, 2010 increased by $8.5 million, or 7.9%, to $115.6 million mainly due to rate increases in addition to an increase in sales volume compared to the same period in 2009. The volume of water sold to commercial customers increased by 1.5% for the three months ended June 30, 2010, to 20.7 billion gallons, from 20.4 billion gallons for the three months ended June 30, 2009.

 

23


Table of Contents

Water service operating revenues from industrial customers totaled $28.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of $3.5 million, or 14.0%, from those recorded for the same period of 2009 mainly due to rate increases in addition to an increase in sales volume. The volume of water sold to industrial customers totaled 9.7 billion gallons for the three months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of 12.8% from the 8.6 billion gallons for the three months ended June 30, 2009. We believe this increase to be associated with slight improvements in the economic environment in communities that we serve.

Water service operating revenues from public and other customers, including municipal governments, other governmental entities and resale customers increased $6.2 million, or 9.2%, for the three months ended June 30, 2010 to $74.3 million from $68.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009 mainly due to rate increases. Revenues from municipal governments for fire protection services and customers requiring special private fire service facilities totaled $30.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of $1.9 million over the same period of 2009. Revenues generated by sales to governmental entities and resale customers for the three months ended June 30, 2010 totaled $44.0 million, an increase of $4.4 million from the three months ended June 30, 2009.

Wastewater services —Our subsidiaries provide wastewater services in 12 states. Revenues from these services increased by $1.6 million, or 7.5%, to $23.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010. The increase was attributable to increases in rates charged to customers in a number of our operating companies.

Other revenues – Other revenues include such items as reconnection charges, initial application service fees, rental revenue collected for others and similar items. For the three months ended June 30, 2010, other revenues increased by $1.7 million mainly due to an increase in work for a managed contract as well as rental revenue compared to the same period in the prior year.

Operation and maintenance Operation and maintenance expense increased $14.3 million, or 4.3%, for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year.

Operation and maintenance expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, by major expense category, were as follows:

 

     For the three months ended June 30,  
     2010    2009    Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage  
     (In thousands)  

Production costs

   $ 81,153    $ 77,161    $ 3,992      5.2

Employee-related costs

     143,372      133,160      10,212      7.7

Operating supplies and services

     58,243      58,630      (387   (0.7 )% 

Maintenance materials and services

     38,659      31,763      6,896      21.7

Customer billing and accounting

     13,967      13,196      771      5.8

Other

     9,469      16,687      (7,218   (43.3 )% 
                            

Total

   $ 344,863    $ 330,597    $ 14,266      4.3
                            

As is noted in the various expense category commentary below, a major driver of the increase in operations and maintenance expense is higher expenses in our Non-Regulated Businesses associated with the Contract Operations’ Acquisition and its related reorganization and transitional costs totaling $10.0 million.

Production costs, including fuel and power, purchased water, chemicals and waste disposal increased by $4.0 million, or 5.2%, for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year. Production costs, by major expense type were as follows:

 

     For the three months ended June 30,  
     2010    2009    Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage  
     (In thousands)  

Fuel and power

   $ 27,459    $ 27,486    $ (27   (0.1 )% 

Purchased water

     28,689      24,850      3,839      15.4

Chemicals

     15,185      16,562      (1,377   (8.3 )% 

Waste disposal

     9,820      8,263      1,557      18.8
                            

Total

   $ 81,153    $ 77,161    $ 3,992      5.2
                            

 

24


Table of Contents

Fuel and power costs decreased in our Regulated Businesses by $1.0 million primarily due to lower electricity prices as a result of fixed price third-party contracts in place in 2010 compared to local utility tariff rates in 2009, offset by increased fuel prices and increased production volumes. The overall decrease from the Regulated Businesses was offset by an increase in our Non-Regulated Business of $1.0 million which is attributable to our Contract Operations’ Acquisition. The increase in purchased water is primarily associated with our Regulated Businesses and is attributable to rate increases resulting from higher costs incurred by our suppliers. The majority of this purchased water increase is in states which permit us to pass-through this increase to our customers outside of a full rate proceeding. The decrease in chemical costs is primarily attributable to lower chemical costs in our Regulated Businesses as a result of favorable contract pricing. Waste disposal costs increased primarily due to increased costs in one of our Regulated operating subsidiaries as well as higher disposal costs in our Non-Regulated Contract Operations Group resulting from the Contract Operations’ Acquisition.

Employee-related costs including wage and salary, group insurance, and pension expense increased $10.2 million or 7.7%, for the three months ended June 30, 2010, compared to the same period in the prior year. These employee-related costs represented 41.6% and 40.3% of operation and maintenance expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

     For the three months ended June 30,  
     2010    2009    Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage  
     (In thousands)  

Salaries and wages

   $ 106,431    $ 96,066    $ 10,365      10.8

Pensions

     11,764      13,651      (1,887   (13.8 )% 

Group insurance

     19,061      18,446      615      3.3

Other benefits

     6,116      4,997      1,119      22.4
                            

Total

   $ 143,372    $ 133,160    $ 10,212      7.7
                            

The increase in salaries and wages and other benefits was primarily due to the addition of employees as a result of the Contract Operations’ Acquisition, totaling approximately $4.4 million and $1.0 million respectively. The remainder of these increases were due to merit wage increases, higher incentive compensation and severance expenses as well as increased overtime costs in certain of our regulated operating companies. Pension expense decreased for the three months ended June 30, 2010 due to a decrease in the amortization of actuarial losses attributable to higher than expected returns on plan assets in 2009. This increase was partially offset by increased pension contributions by certain of our regulated operating companies whose costs are recovered based on Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) minimum funding requirements.

Operating supplies and services include the day-to-day expenses of office operation, legal and other professional services, as well as information systems and other office equipment rental charges. For the three months ended June 30, 2010, these costs decreased by $0.4 million, or 0.7%, compared to the same period in 2009.

 

     For the three months ended June 30,  
     2010    2009    Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage  
     (In thousands)  

Contracted services

   $ 18,554    $ 20,300    $ (1,746   (8.6 )% 

Office supplies and services

     16,844      15,212      1,632      10.7

Transportation

     7,898      6,453      1,445      22.4

Rents

     6,186      5,314      872      16.4

Other

     8,761      11,351      (2,590   (22.8 )% 
                            

Total

   $ 58,243    $ 58,630    $ (387   (0.7 )% 
                            

Contracted services decreased for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009 primarily due to a reduction in our legal expenses as well as lower levels of construction work related to the development market. Office supplies and services increased primarily due to costs related to marketing programs for our Homeowner Services Group in addition to the Contract Operations’ Acquisition. The increase in transportation costs was due to higher gasoline prices during the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009. Other operating supplies and services costs were higher in 2009 than in 2010 as the second quarter results of 2009 included a $1.0 million write-off of assets deemed not recoverable from a rate case order in our California subsidiary. Additionally, our Contract Operations Group’s costs were lower than the prior period due to a decrease in materials and supplies associated with construction projects, partially offset by the Contract Operations’ Acquisition.

Maintenance materials and services, which include emergency repairs as well as costs for preventive maintenance, increased $6.9 million or by 21.7%, for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year.

 

25


Table of Contents
     For the three months ended June 30,  
     2010    2009    Increase
(Decrease)
   Percentage  
     (In thousands)  

Maintenance services and supplies

   $ 27,836    $ 21,628    $ 6,208    28.7

Removal costs, net

     10,823      10,135      688    6.8
                           

Total

   $ 38,659    $ 31,763    $ 6,896    21.7
                           

The Regulated Businesses’ maintenance materials and service costs increased by $3.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010. In addition to higher removal costs, tank painting expenses were higher by $1.0 million as well as increased replacement work for one of our subsidiaries. The Non-Regulated Businesses’ expense increased $3.5 million primarily due to increased costs in our Homeowner Services Group as well as increased maintenance work for one of our contracts in our Contract Operations Group and higher maintenance expenses associated with Contract Operations’ Acquisition which accounted for $0.8 million of the increase.

Customer billing and accounting expenses increased by $0.8 million, or 5.8%, for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year.

 

     For the three months ended June 30,  
     2010    2009    Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage  
     (In thousands)  

Uncollectible accounts expense

   $ 7,162    $ 6,566    $ 596      9.1

Postage

     3,290      3,077      213      6.9

Other

     3,515      3,553      (38   (1.1 )% 
                            

Total

   $ 13,967    $ 13,196    $ 771      5.8
                            

The increase in uncollectible accounts expense is primarily due to the increased revenues in our Regulated Businesses offset by improved collections in our receivables in excess of 120 days.

Other operation and maintenance expenses include casualty and liability insurance premiums and regulatory costs. These costs decreased by $7.2 million, or 43.3%, in 2010.

 

     For the three months ended June 30,  
     2010    2009    Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage  
     (In thousands)  

Insurance

   $ 6,379    $ 10,248    $ (3,869   (37.8 )% 

Regulatory expenses

     3,090      6,439      (3,349   (52.0 )% 
                            

Total

   $ 9,469    $ 16,687    $ (7,218   (43.3 )% 
                            

The decrease in insurance expense is primarily due to the positive resolution of prior years’ claims in 2010 compared to 2009. Regulatory expenses decreased due to the inclusion of $3.5 million of expense for the three months ended June 30, 2009 which related to rate case expenses associated with our California regulated subsidiary.

Depreciation and amortization Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $3.3 million, or 4.4%, for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year as a result of additional utility plant being placed in service.

General taxes General taxes expense, which includes taxes for property, payroll, gross receipts, and other miscellaneous items, increased by $2.2 million, or 4.2%, in the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2009. This increase was mainly due to higher gross receipts taxes of $1.6 million, primarily in our New Jersey regulated subsidiary.

Other income (expenses) Interest expense, net of interest income, which is the primary component of our other income (expenses), increased by $5.0 million, or 6.8%, for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase is primarily due to the refinancing of short-term debt with long-term debt during 2009 as well as increased borrowing associated with capital expenditures. As a result of the 2008 market disruptions, the Company’s short-term debt outstanding at June 30, 2009 was $268.8 million. During 2009 a significant portion of this debt was refinanced to long-term fixed rate debt whose rates are higher than the short-term rates that existed for the three months ended June 30, 2009. Also, in addition to the change in interest expense, AFUDC decreased by $1.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009 as a result of plant being placed into service, primarily in our Arizona and Indiana regulated subsidiaries. Additionally, during the three months ended June 30, 2010 we released the remaining balance of a loss reserve of $1.3 million as a result of the resolution of outstanding issues and uncertainties. Furthermore, other income increased due to joint venture losses of $0.4 million experienced during the three months ended June 30, 2009 as well as the change in market value of Company-held deferred compensation.

 

26


Table of Contents

Provision for income taxes The effective tax rates for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 were 40.2% and 39.6% respectively. Our consolidated provision for income taxes increased $14.7 million, or 43.0%, to $48.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010. Included in the 2010 income tax expense were tax benefits of $0.5 million attributable to certain discrete items.

Net income Net income for the three months ended June 30, 2010 was $72.8 million compared to a net income of $52.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009. The variation between the periods is the result of the aforementioned changes.

Results of Operations

Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 Compared To Six Months Ended June 30, 2009

 

     For the six months ended
June 30,
    Favorable
(Unfavorable)
Change
 
(In thousands, except per share data)    2010     2009    

Operating revenues

   $ 1,259,276      $ 1,162,910      $ 96,366   
                        

Operating expenses

      

Operation and maintenance

     675,286        644,999        (30,287

Depreciation and amortization

     152,725        142,085        (10,640

General taxes

     109,294        104,196        (5,098

Gain on sale of assets

     (77     (192     (115

Impairment charge

     —          450,000        450,000   
                        

Total operating expenses, net

     937,228        1,341,088        403,860   
                        

Operating income (loss)

     322,048        (178,178     500,226   
                        

Other income (expenses)

      

Interest, net

     (157,449     (145,667     (11,782

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     4,558        6,918        (2,360

Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction

     2,651        3,863        (1,212

Amortization of debt expense

     (1,948     (3,023     1,075   

Other, net

     1,997        (295     2,292   
                        

Total other income (expenses)

     (150,191     (138,204     (11,987
                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     171,857        (316,382     488,239   

Provision for income taxes

     68,298        44,708        (23,590
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 103,559      $ (361,090   $ 464,649   
                        

Income (loss) per common share:

      

Basic

   $ 0.59      $ (2.23  

Diluted

   $ 0.59      $ (2.23  

Average common shares outstanding during the period:

      

Basic

     174,747        161,629     

Diluted

     174,820        161,629     

The following table summarizes certain financial information for our Regulated and Non-Regulated Businesses for the periods indicated (without giving effect to inter-segment eliminations):

 

     For the six months ended June 30,
     2010    2009
     Regulated
Businesses
   Non-Regulated
Businesses
   Regulated
Businesses
   Non-Regulated
Businesses
     (In thousands)

Operating revenues

   $ 1,121,803    $ 149,843    $ 1,052,347    $ 121,796

Adjusted EBIT(1)

   $ 308,446    $ 9,347    $ 255,457    $ 10,102

 

(1)

Adjusted EBIT, a non-GAAP measure, is defined as earnings before interest and income taxes from continuing operations. Management evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources based on several factors, of which the primary

 

27


Table of Contents
 

measure is Adjusted EBIT. Adjusted EBIT does not represent cash flow for the periods presented and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as an indicator of the Company’s operating performance or as an alternative to cash flows as a source of liquidity. Adjusted EBIT as defined by the Company may not be comparable with Adjusted EBIT as defined by other companies. For the reconciliation of Adjusted EBIT, as defined by the Company, to income (loss) before income taxes, see Financial Statement Note 13.

Operating revenues Our primary business involves the ownership of water and wastewater utilities that provide water and wastewater services to residential, commercial and industrial customers as well as sales to public authorities. The table below details the annualized revenues resulting from rate authorizations, including infrastructure charges, which were granted during the first six months of 2010.

 

     Annualized Rate
Increases Granted
     (In millions)

State

  

General rate case:

  

Illinois

   $ 41.4

Indiana

     31.5

New Mexico

     0.5

Ohio

     2.6

Missouri

     28.0

California

     14.6
      

Subtotal- General Rate Cases

   $ 118.6
      

Infrastructure Charges:

  

Pennsylvania

     1.8

Missouri

     3.2

Illinois

     0.7

New York

     0.4
      

Subtotal- Infrastructure Charges

     6.1
      

Total

   $ 124.7
      

Our results of operations are significantly impacted by rates authorized by the state regulatory commissions in the states in which we operate. Operating revenues increased by $96.4 million, or 8.3% for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009. Regulated Businesses’ revenues increased by $69.5 million, or 6.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year. The Non-Regulated Businesses’ revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2010 increased by $28.0 million, or 23.0% compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.

The increase in revenues from the Regulated Businesses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009 was primarily due to rate increases obtained through rate authorizations for a number of our operating companies of which the year-to-date 2010 impact was approximately $54.5 million. In addition, for the six months ended June 30, 2010, surcharge and balancing account revenues increased by $5.1 million and sewer and fire service revenues increased by $3.8 million compared to the same period in the prior year. Revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2010 increased by approximately $2.8 due to higher demand as compared to the same period in the prior year, mainly due to increased volumes in our New Jersey subsidiary.

The net increase in revenues from the Non-Regulated Businesses was primarily attributable to an increase in Contract Operations Group revenues primarily due to higher revenues totaling $20.8 million resulting from the Contract Operations’ Acquisition as well as incremental revenues associated with military construction and O&M projects of $7.7 million as a result of being fully operational at Fort Hood and Fort Polk and the addition of Fort Meade and Fort Belvoir contracts. These increases were partially offset by lower revenues associated with our design and build contracts. In addition, our Homeowner Services Group revenues increased by $2.2 million mainly as a result of increased product penetration within its existing customer base.

 

28


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the percentage of Regulated Businesses’ revenues and water sales volume by customer class:

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
     2010     2009     2010     2009  
     Operating Revenues     Water Sales Volume  
     (Dollars in thousands, gallons in millions)  

Customer Class

                    

Water service:

                    

Residential

   $ 636,328    56.7   $ 606,357    57.6   91,483    52.1   93,718    53.3

Commercial

     213,314    19.0     198,236    18.9   39,063    22.2   38,602    21.9

Industrial

     54,020    4.8     48,447    4.6   18,946    10.8   17,255    9.8

Public and other

     139,168    12.4     130,872    12.4   26,218    14.9   26,316    15.0

Other water revenues

     14,769    1.3     9,985    0.9   —      —        —      —     
                                                

Total water revenues

     1,057,599    94.2     993,897    94.4   175,710    100.0   175,891    100.0
                                

Wastewater service

     46,472    4.2     43,742    4.2          

Other revenues

     17,732    1.6     14,708    1.4          
                                    
   $ 1,121,803    100.0   $ 1,052,347    100.0          
                                    

The following discussion related to water services indicates the increase or decrease in the Regulated Businesses’ revenues and associated water sales volumes in gallons by customer class.

Water Services —Water service operating revenues from residential customers for the six months ended June 30, 2010 totaled $636.3 million, a $30.0 million increase, or 4.9%, over the same period of 2009, mainly due to rate increases partially offset by a decrease in sales volume. The volume of water sold to residential customers decreased by 2.4% for the six months ended June 30, 2010 to 91.5 billion gallons, from 93.7 billion gallons for the same period in 2009. Factors contributing to such a decline could include the current economic climate, weather or our customers becoming more focused on the environment. The extent to which these items individually contribute to the overall decline is difficult to measure.

Water service operating revenues from commercial water customers for the six months ended June 30, 2010 increased by $15.1 million, or 7.6%, to $213.3 million mainly due to rate increases in addition to an increase in sales volume compared to the same period in 2009. The volume of water sold to commercial customers increased by 1.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2010, to 39.1 billion gallons, from 38.6 billion gallons for the six months ended June 30, 2009.

Water service operating revenues from industrial customers totaled $54.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of $5.6 million, or 11.5%, from those recorded for the same period of 2009 mainly due to rate increases in addition to an increase in sales volume. The volume of water sold to industrial customers totaled 18.9 billion gallons for the six months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of 9.8% from the 17.3 billion gallons for the six months ended June 30, 2009.

Water service operating revenues from public and other customers, including municipal governments, other governmental entities and resale customers increased $8.3 million, or 6.3%, for the six months ended June 30, 2010 to $139.2 million from $130.9 million in the same period in 2009 mainly due to rate increases. Revenues from municipal governments for fire protection services and customers requiring special private fire service facilities totaled $58.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of $3.1 million over the same period of 2009. Revenues generated by sales to governmental entities and resale customers for the six months ended June 30, 2010 totaled $80.5 million, an increase of $5.2 million from the six months ended June 30, 2009.

Wastewater services —Our subsidiaries provide wastewater services in 12 states. Revenues from these services increased by $2.7 million, or 6.2%, to $46.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, from $43.7 million for the same period of 2009. The increase was attributable to increases in rates charged to customers in a number of our operating companies.

Other revenues – Other revenues include such items as reconnection charges, initial application service fees, rental revenue collected for others and similar items. For the six months ended June 30, 2010 increased by $3.0 million mainly due to an increase in work for a managed contract as well as rental revenue compared to the same period in the prior year.

 

29


Table of Contents

Operation and maintenance Operation and maintenance expense increased $30.3 million, or 4.7%, for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year.

Operation and maintenance expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, by major expense category, were as follows:

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
     2010    2009    Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage  
     (In thousands)  

Production costs

   $ 154,376    $ 146,188    $ 8,188      5.6

Employee-related costs

     288,590      265,771      22,819      8.6

Operating supplies and services

     115,222      115,460      (238   (0.2 )% 

Maintenance materials and services

     74,887      64,005      10,882      17.0

Customer billing and accounting

     24,120      23,999      121      0.5

Other

     18,091      29,576      (11,485   (38.8 )% 
                            

Total

   $ 675,286    $ 644,999    $ 30,287      4.7
                            

As is noted in the various expense category commentary below, a major driver of the increase in operations and maintenance expense is higher expenses in our Non-Regulated Businesses associated with our Contracts Operations’ Acquisition and its related reorganization and transitional costs of $20.8 million.

Production costs, including fuel and power, purchased water, chemicals and waste disposal increased by $8.2 million, or 5.6%, for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year. Production costs, by major expense type were as follows:

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
     2010    2009    Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage  
     (In thousands)  

Fuel and power

   $ 55,408    $ 53,392    $ 2,016      3.8

Purchased water

     51,018      45,201      5,817      12.9

Chemicals

     28,536      31,389      (2,853   (9.1 )% 

Waste disposal

     19,414      16,206      3,208      19.8
                            

Total

   $ 154,376    $ 146,188    $ 8,188      5.6
                            

 

30


Table of Contents

The increase in our fuel and power costs was primarily driven by higher costs in our Non-Regulated Business of $2.8 million, most of which is attributable to our Contract Operations’ Acquisition. The increase in purchased water is primarily associated with our Regulated Businesses and is due to rate increases resulting from higher costs incurred by our suppliers partially offset by a decrease in production volumes. The majority of this purchased water increase is in states which permit us to pass-through this increase to our customers outside of a full rate proceeding. The decrease in chemical costs is primarily attributable to lower chemical costs in our Regulated Businesses as a result of favorable contract pricing. Waste disposal costs increased primarily due to increased rates in one of our Regulated operating companies as well as higher disposal costs attributable to the Contract Operations’ Acquisition.

Employee-related costs including wage and salary, group insurance, and pension expense increased $22.8 million or 8.6%, for the six months ended June 30, 2010, compared to the same period in the prior year. These employee-related costs represented 42.7% and 41.2% of operation and maintenance expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
     2010    2009    Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage  
     (In thousands)  

Salaries and wages

   $ 211,631    $ 188,772    $ 22,859      12.1

Pensions

     24,760      28,300      (3,540   (12.5 )% 

Group insurance

     39,620      38,710      910      2.4

Other benefits

     12,579      9,989      2,590      25.9
                            

Total

   $ 288,590    $ 265,771    $ 22,819      8.6
                            

The increase in salaries and wages and other benefits was primarily due to the addition of employees as a result of the Contract Operations’ Acquisition totaling approximately $8.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively. The remainder of the increase was due to merit wage increases, severance expense and increased overtime costs of $3.0 million in certain of our regulated operating companies. Pension expense decreased for the six months ended June 30, 2010 due to a decrease in the amortization of actuarial losses attributable to higher than expected returns on plan assets in 2009. This increase was partially offset by increased pension contributions by certain of our regulated operating companies whose costs are recovered based on Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) minimum funding requirements.

Operating supplies and services include the day-to-day expenses of office operation, legal and other professional services, as well as information systems and other office equipment rental charges. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, these costs decreased by $0.2 million, or 0.2%, compared to the same period in 2009.

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
     2010    2009    Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage  
     (In thousands)  

Contracted services

   $ 35,875    $ 38,864    $ (2,989   (7.7 )% 

Office supplies and services

     33,180      31,215      1,965      6.3

Transportation

     16,394      13,734      2,660      19.4

Rents

     12,532      10,680      1,852      17.3

Other

     17,241      20,967      (3,726   (17.8 )% 
                            

Total

   $ 115,222    $ 115,460    $ (238   (0.2 )% 
                            

Contracted services decreased for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009. This decrease was primarily due to lower temporary labor expenses due to the filling of vacant positions and a reduction in our legal and accounting expenses as well as lower levels of construction work related to the development market. These decreases were partially offset by increased costs in our Non-Regulated business mainly due to higher contracted costs associated with increased capital improvement revenue from our military contracts as a result of being fully functional at Fort Hood and Fort Polk as well as the addition of Fort Meade and Fort Belvoir. Office supplies and services increased primarily due to costs related to marketing programs for our Homeowner Services Group in addition to our Contract Operations’ Acquisition. The increase in transportation costs was due to higher gasoline prices during the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009. Other operating supplies and services decreased due to write-off of $1.0 million for assets deemed not recoverable associated with the final rate case order in our California subsidiary which was included in the six months ended June 30, 2009. Additionally, our Contract Operations Group’s costs were lower than the prior period due to a decrease in materials and supplies associated with construction projects, partially offset by the Contract Operations’ Acquisition.

 

31


Table of Contents

Maintenance materials and services, which include emergency repairs as well as costs for preventive maintenance, increased $10.9 million or by 17.0%, for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year.

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
     2010    2009    Increase
(Decrease)
   Percentage  
     (In thousands)  

Maintenance services and supplies

   $ 53,389    $ 43,861    $ 9,528    21.7

Removal costs, net

     21,498      20,144      1,354    6.7
                           

Total

   $ 74,887    $ 64,005    $ 10,882    17.0
                           

The Regulated Businesses’ maintenance materials and service costs increased by $4.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. In addition to higher removal costs, tank painting expenses were higher by $1.2 million as well as increased replacement work for one of our subsidiaries. The Non-Regulated Businesses’ expense increased $6.4 million primarily due to an increased customer base for Homeowner Services Group as well as increased maintenance work for one of our contracts in our Contract Operations Group in addition to the higher maintenance expenses associated with the Contract Operations’ Acquisition which accounted for $1.7 million of the increase.

Customer billing and accounting expenses increased by $0.1 million, or 0.5%, for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year.

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
     2010    2009    Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage  
     (In thousands)  

Uncollectible accounts expense

   $ 10,472    $ 11,411    $ (939   (8.2 )% 

Postage

     6,507      6,043      464      7.7

Other

     7,141      6,545      596      9.1
                            

Total

   $ 24,120    $ 23,999    $ 121      0.5
                            

The decrease in the uncollectible accounts expense was the result of lower uncollectible accounts expense in our Regulated Businesses of $1.1 million due to improved collections in our receivables in excess of 120 days partially offset by increased reserves due to higher revenues.

Other operation and maintenance expenses include casualty and liability insurance premiums and regulatory costs. These costs decreased by $11.5 million, or 38.8%, in 2010.

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
     2010    2009    Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage  
     (In thousands)  

Insurance

   $ 12,267    $ 20,592    $ (8,325   (40.4 )% 

Regulatory expenses

     5,824      8,984      (3,160   (35.2 )% 
                            

Total

   $ 18,091    $ 29,576    $ (11,485   (38.8 )% 
                            

The decrease in insurance expense is primarily due to the positive resolution of prior years’ claims in 2010 compared to 2009. Regulatory expenses decreased due to the inclusion of $3.5 million of expense for the three months ended June 30, 2009 which related to rate case expenses associated with our California subsidiary.

Depreciation and amortization Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $10.6 million, or 7.5%, for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year as a result of additional utility plant being placed in service.

General taxes General taxes expense, which includes taxes for property, payroll, gross receipts, and other miscellaneous items, increased by $5.1 million, or 4.9%, in the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009. This increase was due to higher gross receipts taxes of $3.4 million, primarily in our New Jersey regulated subsidiary as well as higher payroll taxes of $1.8 million due to increased wages and salaries partially offset by lower property taxes than in the six months ended June 30, 2009.

Impairment charge No impairment charge was recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2010. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, we recorded an impairment charge to goodwill of our Regulated Businesses in the amount of $448.2 million and our Non-regulated Business of $1.8 million. The impairment charge, which was recorded in the first quarter of 2009, was primarily related to the high degree of stock market volatility experienced and the sustained period for which the Company’s market price was below its carrying value.

 

32


Table of Contents

Other income (expenses) Interest expense, net of interest income, which is the primary component of our other income (expenses), increased by $11.8 million, or 8.1%, for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase is primarily due to the refinancing of short-term debt with long-term debt during 2009 as well as increased borrowing associated with capital expenditures. As a result of the 2008 market disruptions, the Company’s short-term debt borrowings during the first half of 2009 were higher than usual. During 2009, a significant portion of this debt was refinanced to long-term fixed rate debt whose rates are higher than the short-term rates that existed for the six months ended June 30, 2009. Also, in addition to the increase in interest expense, AFUDC decreased by $3.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009 as a result of plant being placed into service, primarily in our Arizona and Indiana regulated subsidiaries. Additionally, during the six months ended June 30, 2010 we released the remaining balance of a loss reserve of $1.3 million as a result of the resolution of outstanding issues and uncertainties. Furthermore, other income increased due to joint venture losses of $0.5 million experienced during the three months ended June 30, 2009 as well as the change in market value of Company-held deferred compensation.

Provision for income taxes Our consolidated provision for income taxes increased $23.6 million, or 52.8%, to $68.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. The effective tax rates for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 were 39.7% and (14.1%) respectively. Included in the 2010 and 2009 income tax expense were tax benefits of $1.4 million and $7.9 million, respectively, attributable to certain discrete items, including the tax effects of the 2009 goodwill impairment charge. The Company’s estimated annual effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was 40.4% compared to 39.4% for 2009, excluding the impact of the various discrete items.

Net income (loss) Net income for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $103.6 million compared to a net loss of $361.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The variation between the periods is the result of the aforementioned changes.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We regularly evaluate cash requirements for current operations, commitments, development activities and capital expenditures. Our business is very capital intensive and requires significant capital resources. A portion of these capital resources are provided by internally generated cash flows from operations. When necessary, we obtain additional funds from external sources in the debt and capital markets and through bank borrowings. Our access to external financing on reasonable terms depends on our credit ratings and current business conditions, including that of the water utility industry in general as well as conditions in the debt or equity capital markets. If these business and market conditions deteriorate to the extent that we no longer have access to the capital markets at reasonable terms, we have access to revolving credit facilities with aggregate bank commitments of $850.0 million. We rely on these revolving credit facilities and the capital markets to fulfill our short-term liquidity needs, to issue letters of credit and to back our commercial paper program. Disruptions in the credit markets may discourage lenders from meeting their existing lending commitments, extending the terms of such commitments or agreeing to new commitments. Market disruptions may also limit our ability to issue debt securities in the capital markets. See the “Credit Facilities and Short-Term Debt” section below for further discussion.

In order to meet our short-term liquidity needs, we primarily issue commercial paper which is backed by AWCC’s revolving credit facilities. AWCC had $807.2 million available as of July 31, 2010, that we can use to fulfill our short-term liquidity needs, to issue letters of credit and back our $187.3 million outstanding commercial paper. As of July 30, 2010, the Company can issue additional commercial paper of $512.7 million. We can provide no assurances that our lenders will meet their existing commitments or that we will be able to access the commercial paper or loan markets in the future on terms acceptable to us or at all.

In addition, our regulated utility subsidiaries receive advances and contributions from customers, home builders and real estate developers to fund construction necessary to extend service to new areas. Advances for construction are refundable for limited periods, which vary according to state regulations, as new customers begin to receive service or other contractual obligations are fulfilled. Amounts which are no longer refundable are reclassified to contributions in aid of construction. Utility plant funded by advances and contributions is excluded from the rate base. Generally, we depreciate contributed property and amortize contributions in aid of construction at the composite rate of the related property. Some of our subsidiaries do not depreciate contributed property, based on regulatory guidelines.

We use our capital resources, including cash, to (i) fund capital requirements, including construction expenditures, (ii) pay off maturing debt, (iii) pay dividends, (iv) fund pension and postretirement welfare obligations and (v) invest in new and existing ventures. We spend a significant amount of cash on construction projects that have a long-term return on investment. Additionally, we operate in rate-regulated environments in which the amount of new investment recovery may be limited, and where such recovery takes place over an extended period of time, as our recovery is subject to regulatory lag. As a result of these factors, our working capital, defined as current assets less current liabilities, was in a net deficit position of $163.3 million as of June 30, 2010. We expect to fund future maturities of long-term debt through cash flow from operations, issuance of debt and issuance of equity. Since we continue to make investments equal to or greater than our cash flows from operating activities, we have no plans to reduce debt significantly.

 

33


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2010, $10.6 million of variable rate debt was held in the Company’s treasury because no investors were willing to purchase the bonds. On July 27, 2010, this variable rate debt was remarketed as fixed rate bonds with a coupon rate of 5.25% and a maturity date of 2028.

On February 17, 2009, the President signed the American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009 which we refer to as the Act, into law. As a result of the Act, we have applied and will continue, as long as available, to apply for subsidized financing under the Act or other governmental subsidized funds in many of the states where we operate. During the six months ended June 30, 2010, we received 1.2 million related to applications filed in 2009. In addition, we were awarded approximately $9.9 million in low-interest financing from the Pennsylvania Infrastructure Investment Authority (“PENNVEST”). These PENNVEST awards will be used to fund a portion of the Rock Run water treatment plant upgrade, which is expected to begin in the summer of 2010. Also as a result of the Act, we have been awarded $4.8 million in grant monies. To date we have drawn down $2.0 million, leaving $2.8 million to be drawn in the future.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Cash flows from operating activities primarily result from the sale of water and wastewater services and, due to the seasonality of operations, are weighted toward the third quarter of each fiscal year. Our future cash flows from operating activities will be affected by economic utility regulation; infrastructure investment; inflation; compliance with environmental, health and safety standards; production costs; customer growth; declining per customer usage of water; and weather and seasonality.

Cash flows from operating activities have been a reliable, steady source of cash funding, sufficient to meet operating requirements, our dividend payments and a portion of our capital expenditures requirements. We will seek access to debt and equity capital markets to meet the balance of our capital expenditure requirements as needed. There can be no assurance that we will be able to access such markets successfully on favorable terms or at all. Operating cash flows can be negatively affected by changes in our rate regulatory environments or changes in our customers’ economic outlook and ability to pay for service in a timely manner. We can provide no assurance that our customers’ historical payment pattern will continue in the future. Cash flows from operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2010 were $297.5 million compared to $228.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009.

The following table provides a summary of the major items affecting our cash flows from operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009:

 

     For the six months ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Net income (loss)

   $ 103,559      $ (361,090

Add (subtract):

    

Non-cash operating activities (1)

     295,016        707,983   

Changes in working capital (2)

     (40,707     (63,167

Pension and postretirement healthcare contributions

     (60,359     (55,018
                

Net cash flows provided by operations

   $ 297,509      $ 228,708   
                

 

(1) Includes (gain) loss on sale of businesses, depreciation and amortization, impairment charges, removal costs net of salvage, provision for deferred income taxes, amortization of deferred investment tax credits, provision for losses on utility accounts receivable, allowance for other funds used during construction, (gain) loss on sale of assets, deferred regulatory costs, amortization of deferred charges and other non-cash items, net, less pension and postretirement healthcare contributions.
(2) Changes in working capital include changes to accounts receivable and unbilled utility revenue, taxes receivable (including federal income), other current assets, accounts payable, taxes accrued (including federal income), interest accrued and other current liabilities.

The increase in cash flows from operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009 is primarily due to an increase in revenues as well as changes in working capital.

For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, we made pension and postretirement benefit contributions to the plan trusts amounting to $60.4 million and $55.0 million, respectively. We currently expect to make additional pension contributions of $55.6 million and additional postretirement benefit contributions of $19.4 million for the remainder of 2010.

On July 29, 2010, our California regulated subsidiary received commission approval of a resolution on an advice letter, filed earlier in 2010, which requested recovery of a $3.5 million payment made to the California Department of Fish and Game on behalf of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. The final resolution granted the recovery of the payment plus interest through a volumetric-based surcharge over a period of eighteen months commencing August 1, 2010 from certain customers in the Monterey district.

 

34


Table of Contents

Currently, we are in the process of renegotiating our national benefits agreement with most of the labor unions representing employees in our Regulated Businesses. The current agreement expired on July 31, 2010, however negotiations are scheduled to continue into August. We maintain good relations with our unionized workforce and at this time have no reason to believe that this contract will not be finalized over the coming months. However, management has developed contingency plans that will be implemented as necessary if a work stoppage or strike does occur. Management does not expect that such a work stoppage or strike would have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows of the Company.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Cash flows used in investing activities were as follows for the periods indicated:

 

     For the six months ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Net capital expenditures

   $ (327,279   $ (400,174

Other investing activities, net (1)

     (3,947     43,069   
                

Net cash flows used in investing activities

   $ (331,226   $ (357,105
                

 

(1) Includes allowances for other funds used during construction, acquisitions, proceeds from the sale of assets and securities, proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations, removal costs from property, plant and equipment retirements, receivables from affiliates, restricted funds and investment in equity investee.

Cash flows used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 were $331.2 million and $357.1 million, respectively. Capital expenditures decreased $72.9 million to $327.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $400.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 as a result of delayed construction in 2010 due to the severe weather conditions in certain states in which we operate as well as a decrease in water treatment plant expenditures as a number of facilities were under construction in 2009 and had significant expenditures in the first six months of 2009. We estimate that Company-funded capital investment will be approximately $800 million to $1 billion in 2010. Based on current projections for the remainder of 2010, we believe we will be at the lower end of this range. We intend to invest capital prudently to provide essential services to our regulated customer base, while working with regulators in the various states in which we operate to have the opportunity to earn an appropriate rate of return on our investment and a return of our investment.

The change in “Other investing activities” in 2010 is the result of the change in the net restricted funds released attributable primarily to the drawdown of the restricted funds associated with the construction of the Kentucky Water project.

Our infrastructure investment plan consists of both infrastructure renewal programs, where we replace infrastructure as needed; and major capital investment projects, where we construct new water and wastewater treatment and delivery facilities to meet new customer growth and water quality regulations. An integral aspect of our strategy is to seek growth through tuck-ins and other acquisitions which are complementary to our existing business and support the continued geographical diversification and growth of our operations. Generally, acquisitions are funded initially with short-term debt and later refinanced with the proceeds from long-term debt or equity offerings.

Our projected capital expenditures and other investments are subject to periodic review and revision to reflect changes in economic conditions and other factors.

On April 25, 2008, the Kentucky Public Service Commission approved Kentucky American Water’s application for a certificate of convenience and necessity to construct a 20.0 million gallon per day treatment plant on the Kentucky River and a 30.6 mile pipeline to meet Central Kentucky’s water supply deficit. Through December 31, 2009, total construction costs amounted to $132.6 million. Included in 2010 are planned capital expenditures of approximately $30 million associated with the construction of the new plant. The Kentucky project is expected to be completed by the fourth quarter of 2010 with an estimated total cost of $162 million.

With respect to our New Jersey subsidiary’s agreement with the City of Trenton, New Jersey (the “City”) to purchase the assets of its outside water system located in four surrounding townships, such purchase agreement was contested in litigation with a group of Trenton residents, and ultimately put to a voter referendum. The resulting outcome of the referendum was that the City retained the ownership of the water system and as a result the agreement to purchase the assets terminated. The $10.1 million escrow deposit, plus accrued interest was returned to us on June 30, 2010. All costs associated with this initiative were expensed as incurred.

During 2009, we embarked on a study to assess existing internal capabilities to satisfy customer and other stakeholder expectations. The study included a review of available technology options which could enhance and automate processes, as appropriate, to improve customer service and more efficiently comply with regulatory requirements. The evaluation was designed to identify the investments necessary to replace, upgrade, enhance and/or redesign specific business processes and applicable system components. Based on the work performed to date, we have decided to undertake an initiative to enhance processes and upgrade antiquated systems in order to generate efficiencies and provide more cost effective service to our customers.

 

35


Table of Contents

In the second quarter of 2010, we completed our evaluation of appropriate software solutions and in May 2010, selected SAP AG for our three enterprise-wide systems. Additionally, we have begun the process of selecting a suitable systems integrator and expect a final decision during the second half of 2010. Also, during 2010, we expect to develop our strategy to transfer existing data to new system applications as well as start the system analysis, design and roadmap.

Current estimates indicate that expenditures for the program could total as much as $280 million and span a period of approximately five years. Capital expenditures associated with this initiative are included in the $800 million to $1 billion capital investment spending outlined above.

In addition to the capital expenditures above, we have closed on four acquisitions in the six months of 2010. During the first quarter of 2010, our Pennsylvania subsidiary closed on an acquisition of a regulated water system for an aggregate purchase price of $0.5 million. This acquisition added approximately 500 water customers. During the second quarter of 2010, our Pennsylvania subsidiary acquired the assets of a water system, our Indiana subsidiary acquired a water system and our Missouri subsidiary closed on an acquisition of a regulated wastewater system. The aggregate purchase price for these systems was approximately $1.1 million and will add approximately 600 water and 50 wastewater customers.

Our investing activities could require considerable capital resources which we have generated through operations and attained through financing activities. We can provide no assurance that the resources will be sufficient to meet our expected investment needs and may be required to delay or reevaluate our investment plans.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Our financing activities, whose primary purpose is to fund capital expenditures, include the issuance of long-term and short-term debt, primarily through our wholly-owned financing subsidiary, AWCC. We intend to access the capital markets on a regular basis, subject to market conditions. In addition, new infrastructure may be financed with customer advances and contributions for construction (net of refunds).

The following long-term debt was issued in the first six months of 2010:

 

Company

  

Type

   Interest
Rate
    Maturity         Amount
(In thousands)

American Water Capital Corp.

   Private activity bonds and government funded debt – fixed rate    5.38   2040    a    $ 26,000

American Water Capital Corp.

   Private activity bonds and government funded debt – fixed rate    5.25   2040    b      25,000

Other subsidiaries

   Private activity –fixed rate    0.00%-2.31   2021-2030    c      1,193
                 

Total issuances

              $ 52,193
                 

 

Note: Private activity type defined as private activity bonds and government funded debt.

 

(a) On June 24, 2010, AWCC closed an offering of $26 million in tax-exempt water facility revenue bonds issued by Owen County, Kentucky. The bonds have a coupon of 5.38% with a maturity of 2040 and a 10-year call option. The proceeds from the bond offering will be used to repay short-term debt related to the construction of the water treatment and transmission facility located in Owen County, Kentucky, as well as to pay remaining costs of acquisition, construction, installation and equipping of the water treatment and transmission facility.
(b) On May 27, 2010, AWCC closed an offering of $25 million in tax-exempt water facility revenue bonds issued by the Illinois Finance Authority. The bonds have a coupon of 5.25% with a maturity of 2040 and a 10-year call option. The proceeds from the bond offering will be used to fund water facility projects in Champaign, Livingston, Logan, Madison, Peoria, and St. Clair counties in Illinois.
(c) Proceeds received from various financing/development authorities. The proceeds will be used to fund certain projects

The following long-term debt was retired through optional redemption, sinking fund provisions or payment at maturity during the first six months of 2010:

 

Company

  

Type

   Interest
Rate
  Maturity    Amount
(In thousands)

American Water Capital Corp.

   Senior notes-fixed rate    6.87%   2011    $ 28,000

Other subsidiaries

   Mortgage bonds-fixed rate    7.86%-8.98%   2010-2011      10,186

 

36


Table of Contents

Company

  

Type

  

Interest Rate

   Maturity    Amount
(In thousands)

Other subsidiaries

   Private activity-fixed rate and government funded debt    0.00% - 5.90%    2010-2034      4,112

Other subsidiaries

   Mandatory redeemable preferred stock    4.75% - 5.75%    2017-2019      6

Other

   Capital leases & other            379
               

Total retirements & redemptions

            $ 42,683
               

As previously noted, on July 9, 2010, our New Jersey regulated subsidiary closed on a refunding of four outstanding bond issues totaling $150 million. The new bonds have coupon rates of 5.60%, 5.10% and 4.45% and mature in 2034, 2023 and 2023, respectively. Estimated annual interest expense savings of $1.2 million is expected as a result of this refunding.

In July 2010, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $100.0 million. This interest rate swap agreement effectively converted the interest on $100.0 million of outstanding 6.085% fixed rate debt maturing 2017 to a variable rate of six-month LIBOR plus 3.422%. This interest rate swap agreement was designated as a fair value hedge in accordance with authoritative accounting guidance. Subject to market conditions at the time, we would consider entering into additional agreements of this nature in the foreseeable future.

From time to time and as market conditions warrant, we may engage in long-term debt retirements via tender offers, open market repurchases or other viable alternatives to strengthen our balance sheets.

Credit Facilities and Short-Term Debt

The components of short-term debt were as follows:

 

     June 30, 2010
     (In thousands)

Commercial paper, net

   $ 234,423

Bank overdraft

     31,384
      

Total short-term debt

   $ 265,807
      

At June 30, 2010, AWCC had the following sub-limits and available capacity under the revolving credit facility and indicated amounts of outstanding commercial paper.

 

     Credit Facility
Commitment
   Available
Credit Facility
Capacity
   Letter of Credit
Sublimit
   Available
Letter of Credit
Capacity
   Outstanding
Commercial
Paper
(Net of Discount)
   Credit Line
Borrowings
     (In thousands)    (In thousands)    (In thousands)    (In thousands)    (In thousands)    (In thousands)

June 30, 2010

   $ 850,000    $ 807,453    $ 150,000    $ 107,453    $ 234,423    $ –  

Interest rates on advances under the revolving credit facility are based on either prime or LIBOR plus an applicable margin based upon our credit ratings, as well as total outstanding amounts under the agreement at the time of the borrowing. The current spread over LIBOR is 22.5 basis points and the maximum spread over LIBOR is 55 basis points.

The weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was approximately 0.40% compared to 0.92% for the six months ended June 30, 2009.

AWCC has entered into a $10.0 million committed revolving line of credit with PNC Bank, N.A which expires on December 31, 2010 unless extended. This line is used primarily for short-term working capital needs. Interest rates on advances under this line of credit are based on one month LIBOR plus 175 basis points. In addition, there is a fee of 25 basis points charged quarterly on the portion of the commitment that is undrawn. As of July 30, 2010, we had no outstanding borrowings under this revolving line of credit. If this line of credit were not extended beyond its current maturity date of December 31, 2010, AWCC would continue to have access to its $840.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility described below.

AWCC, our finance subsidiary, entered into an $840.0 million senior unsecured credit facility syndicated among a group of 11 banks with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. acting as administrative agent.

 

37


Table of Contents

Bank

   Commitment Amount
Through
September 15, 2012
   Commitment Amount
Through
September 15, 2013
   (In thousands)

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   $ 115,000    $ —  

Citibank, N.A.

     115,000      115,000

Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania

     80,000      80,000

Credit Suisse

     80,000      80,000

William Street Commitment Corporation

     80,000      80,000

Merrill Lynch Bank USA

     80,000      80,000

Morgan Stanley Bank

     80,000      80,000

UBS Loan Finance LLC

     80,000      80,000

National City Bank

     50,000      50,000

PNC Bank, National Association

     40,000      40,000

The Bank of New York Mellon

     40,000      —  
             
   $ 840,000    $ 685,000
             

If any lender defaults in its obligation to fund advances, the Company may request the other lenders to assume the defaulting lender’s commitment or replace such defaulting lender by designating an assignee willing to assume the commitment, however the remaining lenders have no obligation to assume a defaulting lender’s commitment and we can provide no assurances that we will replace a defaulting lender. As of July 31, 2010, AWCC had no outstanding borrowings under its lines of credit, $42.8 million of outstanding letters of credit under this credit facility and $187.3 million of commercial paper outstanding.

Capital Structure

Our capital structure was as follows:

 

     At
June 30, 2010
    At
December 31, 2009
 

Common stockholder equity and preferred stock without mandatory redemption rights

   42   42

Long-term debt and redeemable preferred stock at redemption value

   55   56

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

   3   2
            
   100   100
            

Debt Covenants

Our debt agreements contain financial and non-financial covenants. To the extent that we are not in compliance, we or our subsidiaries may be restricted in our ability to pay dividends, issue debt or access our revolving credit lines. We were in compliance with our covenants as of June 30, 2010. However our California and Ohio subsidiaries did not meet the interest coverage test of at least 1.5x for the twelve months ended June 30, 2010 under the mortgage indenture and therefore they would be unable to issue new secured debt. Our failure to comply with restrictive covenants under our credit facilities could trigger repayment obligations. Long-term debt indentures contain a number of covenants that, among other things, limit, subject to certain exceptions, the Company from issuing debt secured by the Company’s assets.

The revolving credit facility requires us to maintain a ratio of consolidated debt to consolidated capitalization of not more than 0.70 to 1.00. As of June 30, 2010, our ratio was 0.58 and therefore we were in compliance with the ratio.

Security Ratings

Our access to the capital markets, including the commercial paper market, and respective financing costs in those markets depend on the securities ratings of the entity that is accessing the capital markets. We primarily access the capital markets, including the commercial paper market, through AWCC. However, we do issue debt at our regulated subsidiaries, primarily in the form of tax exempt securities, to lower our overall cost of debt. The following table shows the Company’s securities ratings as of June 30, 2010:

 

Securities

   Moody’s Investors
Service
   Standard & Poor’s
Ratings Service

Senior unsecured debt

   Baa2    BBB+

Commercial paper

   P2    A2

Moody’s rating outlook for both American Water and AWCC is stable.

On July 28, 2010, Standard & Poor’s reaffirmed its ratings.

A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency, and each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Security ratings are highly

 

38


Table of Contents

dependent upon our ability to generate cash flows in an amount sufficient to service our debt and meet our investment plans. We can provide no assurances that our ability to generate cash flow is sufficient to maintain our existing ratings. None of our borrowings are subject to default or prepayment as a result of the downgrading of these security ratings, although such a downgrading could increase fees and interest charges under our credit facilities.

As part of the normal course of business, we routinely enter into contracts for the purchase and sale of water, energy, fuels and other services. These contracts either contain express provisions or otherwise permit us and our counterparties to demand adequate assurance of future performance when there are reasonable grounds for doing so. In accordance with the contracts and applicable contract law, if we are downgraded by a credit rating agency, especially if such downgrade is to a level below investment grade, it is possible that a counterparty would attempt to rely on such a downgrade as a basis for making a demand for adequate assurance of future performance. Depending on the Company’s net position with a counterparty, the demand could be for the posting of collateral. In the absence of expressly agreed provisions that specify the collateral that must be provided, the obligation to supply the collateral requested will be a function of the facts and circumstances of the Company’s situation at the time of the demand. If we can reasonably claim that we are willing and financially able to perform our obligations, it may be possible to argue successfully that no collateral should be posted or that only an amount equal to two or three months of future payments should be sufficient. We do not expect to post any collateral which will have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operation, financial position or cash flows.

Dividends

Our board of directors has adopted a dividend policy to distribute to our stockholders a portion of our net cash provided by operating activities as regular quarterly dividends, rather than retaining that cash for other purposes. Generally, our policy is to distribute 50% to 70% of our net income annually. We expect that dividends will be paid every March, June, September and December of each fiscal year to holders of record approximately 15 days prior to the distribution date. Since the dividends on our common stock will not be cumulative, only declared dividends will be paid.

On March 1, 2010, the Company made a cash dividend payment of $0.21 per share to all common shareholders of record as of February 18, 2010, amounting to $36,679. On June 1, 2010, the Company made a cash dividend payment of $0.21 per share to all common shareholders of record as of May 18, 2010, amounting to $36,689.

In March 2009 and June 2009, the Company made a cash dividend payment of $0.20 per share to all common shareholders of record as of February 18, 2009 and May 18, 2009, respectively.

On July 30, 2010, the Company declared a quarterly cash dividend payment of $0.22 per share payable on September 1, 2010 to all shareholders of record as of August 18, 2010.

On March 23, 2010, we announced a dividend reinvestment and direct stock purchase plan which enables stockholders to reinvest cash dividends and purchase additional Company common shares without any brokerage commissions or service charges.

Current Credit Market Position

The Company believes it has sufficient liquidity should there be a disruption of the capital and credit markets. The Company funds liquidity needs for capital investment, working capital and other financial commitments through cash flows from operations, public and private debt offerings, commercial paper markets and credit facilities with $850.0 million in aggregate total commitments from a diversified group of banks. As of July 31, 2010, we had $807.2 million available to fulfill our short-term liquidity needs, to issue letters of credit and back our outstanding commercial paper. As of July 31, 2010, the Company can issue additional commercial paper of $512.7 million which is backed by the credit facilities. The Company closely monitors the financial condition of the financial institutions associated with its credit facilities.

The Company expects to have access to liquidity in the capital markets on favorable terms before the maturity dates of its current credit facilities and the Company does not expect a significant number of its lenders to default on their commitments thereunder. In addition, the Company can delay major capital investments or pursue financing from other sources to preserve liquidity, if necessary. The Company believes it can rely upon cash flows from operations to meet its obligations and fund its minimum required capital investments for an extended period of time.

Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk associated with changes in commodity prices, equity prices and interest rates. We are exposed to risks from changes in interest rates as a result of our issuance of variable and fixed rate debt and commercial paper. We manage our interest rate exposure by limiting our variable rate exposure and by monitoring the effects of market changes in interest rates. We also have the ability to enter into financial derivative instruments, which could include instruments such as, but not limited to, interest rate swaps, swaptions, and U.S. Treasury lock agreements to manage and mitigate interest rate risk exposure. As of June 30, 2010, a hypothetical increase of interest rates by 1% associated with variable-rate debt and commercial paper would result in a $1.2 million decrease in our pre-tax earnings for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

39


Table of Contents

As previously noted above, in July 2010, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $100.0 million. This agreement effectively converted the interest on $100.0 million of outstanding 6.085% fixed rate debt maturing 2017 to a variable rate of six-month LIBOR plus 3.422%. We entered into this interest rate swap to mitigate interest cost at the parent company relating to debt that was incurred by our prior owners and was not used in any manner to finance the cash needs of our subsidiaries. A hypothetical 1% increase in the interest rates associated with the interest swap agreement would result in a $0.2 million decrease in our pre-tax earnings for the year December 31, 2010. This calculation holds all other variable constant and assumes only the discussed changes in interest rates.

Our risks associated with price increases for chemicals, electricity and other commodities are reduced through contractual arrangements and the ability to recover price increases through rates. Non-performance by these commodity suppliers could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position.

The market price of our common stock may experience fluctuations, many of which are unrelated to our operating performance. In particular, our stock price may be affected by general market movements as well as developments specifically related to the water and wastewater industry. These could include, among other things, interest rate movements, quarterly variations or changes in financial estimates by securities analysts and governmental or regulatory actions. This volatility may make it difficult for us to access the capital markets in the future through additional offerings of our common stock, regardless of our financial performance, and such difficulty may preclude us from being able to take advantage of certain business opportunities or meet business obligations.

We are exposed to credit risk through our water, wastewater and other water-related activities for both our Regulated and Non-Regulated Businesses. Our Regulated Businesses serve residential, commercial, industrial and municipal customers while our Non-Regulated Businesses engage in business activities with developers, government entities and other customers. Our primary credit risk is exposure to customer default on contractual obligations and the associated loss that may be incurred due to the nonpayment of customer accounts receivable balances. Our credit risk is managed through established credit and collection policies which are in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements and involve monitoring of customer exposure and the use of credit risk mitigation measures, such as letters of credit or prepayment arrangements. Our credit portfolio is diversified with no significant customer or industry concentrations. In addition, our Regulated Businesses are generally able to recover all prudently incurred costs including uncollectible customer accounts receivable expenses and collection costs through rates.

The Company’s retirement trust assets are exposed to the market prices of fixed income and equity securities. Changes to the retirement trust asset value can impact the Company’s pension and other benefits expense, funded status and future minimum funding requirements. Our risk is reduced through our ability to recover pension and other benefit costs through rates. In addition, pension and other benefits liabilities decrease as fixed income asset values decrease (fixed income yields rise) since the rate at which we discount pension and other retirement trust asset future obligations is highly correlated to fixed income yields.

We are also exposed to a potential national economic recession or further deterioration in local economic conditions in the markets in which we operate. The credit quality of our customer accounts receivable is dependent on the economy and the ability of our customers to manage through unfavorable economic cycles and other market changes. In addition, as a result of the downturn in the economy and heightened sensitivity of the impact of additional rate increases on certain customers, there can be no assurances that regulators will grant sufficient rate authorizations. Therefore our ability to fully recover operating expenses, recover our investment and provide an appropriate return on invested capital made in our Regulated Businesses may be adversely impacted.

Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows are impacted by the methods, assumptions and estimates used in the application of critical accounting policies. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates,” in our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 filed with the SEC for a discussion of the critical accounting policies.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Part I, Item 1—Financial Statements (Unaudited)—Note 2—New Accounting Pronouncements in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for a discussion of new accounting standards recently adopted or pending adoption.

 

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are subject to market risks in the normal course of business, including changes in interest rates and equity prices. For further discussion of market risks see “Market Risk” in Part I, Item 2—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

40


Table of Contents
ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

American Water Works Company, Inc. maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in its reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.

Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of June 30, 2010 pursuant to 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act.

Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of June 30, 2010, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable level of assurance. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the six months ended June 30, 2010, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

 

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Previously reported under Part I, Item 3 “Legal Proceedings” in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information set forth in this report, you should carefully consider the factors discussed in the “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, and our other public filings, which could materially affect our business, financial condition or future results. There have been no material changes from risk factors previously disclosed in “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, other than as described below.

Derivative transactions may expose us to unexpected risk and potential losses.

We are party to certain derivative transactions, such as interest rate swap contracts, with financial institutions to hedge against the fair value of our debt. Changes in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments are not cash flow hedges and, thus, are reported in income, and accordingly could materially affect our reported income in any period. In addition, our hedging strategy may not be effective to mitigate adverse effects on our profitability during any period in which interest rates change, and the costs of this hedging strategy may exceed the benefits. Moreover, in the light of current economic uncertainty and for financial institution failures in the recent past, we may be exposed to the risk that our counterparty in a derivative transaction may be unable to perform its obligations as a result of being placed in receivership or otherwise. In the event that a counterparty to a material derivative transaction is unable to perform its obligations thereunder, we may experience material losses that could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

None

 

ITEM 3. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None

 

ITEM 4. [RESERVED]

 

ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION

None

 

41


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

*10.1  

Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2006, among American Water Capital Corp., the Lenders

identified therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

*10.2   2010 Annual Incentive Plan Highlights Brochure
*10.3   American Water Works Company, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan 2010 Form of Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Non-Employee Directors
*31.1   Certification of Donald L. Correll, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
*31.2   Certification of Ellen C. Wolf, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
*32.1   Certification of Donald L. Correll, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
*32.2   Certification of Ellen C. Wolf, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
   101   The following financial statements from American Water Works Company, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 4, 2010, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations: (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; (iv) the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity; (v) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

* filed herewith.

 

42


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  American Water Works Company, Inc.
  (Registrant)
August 4, 2010  

/s/ Donald L. Correll

(Date)   Donald L. Correll
  President and Chief Executive Officer
  (Principal Executive Officer)
August 4, 2010  

/s/ Ellen C. Wolf

(Date)   Ellen C. Wolf
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
  (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

43


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

*10.1   

Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2006, among American Water Capital Corp., the Lenders

identified therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

*10.2    2010 Annual Incentive Plan Highlights Brochure
*10.3    American Water Works Company, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan 2010 Form of Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Non-Employee Directors
*31.1    Certification of Donald L. Correll, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
*31.2    Certification of Ellen C. Wolf, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
*32.1    Certification of Donald L. Correll, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
*32.2    Certification of Ellen C. Wolf, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
   101    The following financial statements from American Water Works Company, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 4, 2010, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations: (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; (iv) the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity; (v) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

* filed herewith.

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of September 15, 2006

among

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.,

as Borrower,

THE LENDERS IDENTIFIED THEREIN,

as Lenders

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and LC Issuing Bank

 

 


AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.

CLOSING INDEX

All documents are dated as of September 15, 2006, unless otherwise indicated.

 

Document

   Tab No.

Credit Agreement

   1.

•   Schedule I

 

Lenders and Commitments

     

•   Schedule II

 

Significant Subsidiaries

     

•   Schedule 2.04(j)

 

Letters of Credit

     

•   Schedule 5.02(h)

 

Existing Debt

     

•   Schedule 5.02(j)

 

Permitted Dispositions

     

•   Schedule 6.01 (e)

 

Specified Default Agreements

     

•   Exhibit A

 

Form of Notice of Borrowing

     

•   Exhibit B

 

Form of Request for Issuance

     

•   Exhibit C

 

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

  

•   Exhibit D

 

Form of Note

  

•   Exhibit E

 

Form of Financial Services Agreement

  

•   Exhibit F

 

Form of Opinion of General Counsel to Borrower and Parent

  

•   Exhibit G

 

Form of Opinion of Counsel to Administrative Agent

  

Officer’s Certificate of Borrower certifying representations and warranties

   2.

Officer’s Certificate of Borrower certifying the following:

   3.

•   Certificate of Incorporation

  

•   Bylaws

  

•   Authorizing Resolutions

  

•   Certificate of Incumbency

  

•   Support Agreement, dated June 22, 2000 (as amended), between American Water Works Company, Inc. (“ Parent ”) and Borrower

  

•   Financial Service Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2000, between Parent and Borrower

  

 

1


Officer’s Certificate of Parent certifying the following:

   4

•   Certificate of Incorporation

        

•   Bylaws

        

•   Authorizing Resolutions

        

•   Certificate of Incumbency

        

Legal Opinion of King & Spalding LLP, counsel to the Administrative Agent and LC Issuing Banks

   5

Legal Opinion of George W. Patrick, counsel to Borrower and Parent

   6

 

2


EXECUTION COPY

 

 

U.S. $800,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of September 15, 2006

among

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.,

as Borrower

THE LENDERS IDENTIFIED HEREIN,

as Lenders

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and LC Issuing Bank

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,

Co-Lead Arranger

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

Co-Lead Arranger

CITIBANK, N.A.,

Syndication Agent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Certain Defined Terms

   1

Section 1.02 Accounting Terms and Determinations

   16

Section 1.03 Use of Defined Terms

   16

Section 1.04 Terminology

   16

Section 1.05 References

   16
ARTICLE II
THE EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT

Section 2.01 Commitment to Extend Credit

   16

Section 2.02 Method of Borrowing

   17

Section 2.03 Method of Swing Line Borrowing

   18

Section 2.04 Letters of Credit

   19

Section 2.05 Increase of the Commitments

   23

Section 2.06 Maturity of Advances; Extension and Termination of Commitment

   24

Section 2.07 Evidence of Advances

   25

Section 2.08 Interest Rates

   26

Section 2.09 Fees

   26

Section 2.10 Termination or Reduction of Commitment

   27

Section 2.11 Mandatory Prepayments

   27

Section 2.12 Optional Prepayments

   28

Section 2.13 Compensation after Prepayment or Conversion

   28

Section 2.14 General Provisions as to Payments

   28

Section 2.15 Computation of Interest and Fees

   29

Section 2.16 Compensation, Additional Interest

   29

Section 2.17 Taxes

   30

Section 2.18 Interest Rate Determination

   32

Section 2.19 Conversion of Advances

   32


Section 2.20 Set off

   33

Section 2.21 Pro Rata Treatment

   33

Section 2.22 Sharing of Payments

   34

Section 2.23 Substitution of Lenders

   35
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS TO EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT

Section 3.01 Conditions Precedent to Initial Extension of Credit

   35

Section 3.02 Conditions to All Extensions of Credit

   36
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 4.01 Corporate Existence and Status

   37

Section 4.02 Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability

   37

Section 4.03 Non-Contravention

   37

Section 4.04 Litigation

   37

Section 4.05 Financial Information

   38

Section 4.06 Approvals

   38

Section 4.07 Use of Proceeds

   38

Section 4.08 Investment Company Act; Margin Stock

   38

Section 4.09 Compliance with Laws

   38

Section 4.10 Compliance with ERISA

   38

Section 4.11 Environmental Matters

   39

Section 4.12 Taxes

   40

Section 4.13 No Defaults

   40

Section 4.14 Ownership of Borrower and Operating Utilities

   40

Section 4.15 Ownership of Properties and Assets

   40

Section 4.16 Full Disclosure

   40
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS

Section 5.01 Affirmative Covenants

   41

Section 5.02 Negative Covenants

   45

 

ii


ARTICLE VI
DEFAULTS

Section 6.01 Events of Default

   49

Section 6.02 Cash Collateral Account

   52
ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01 Notices

   53

Section 7.02 No Waivers

   53

Section 7.03 Expenses: Documentary Taxes; Indemnification

   53

Section 7.04 Amendments, Waivers and Consents

   54

Section 7.05 Benefit of Agreement

   55

Section 7.06 Confidentiality

   57

Section 7.07 Representation by Lender

   58

Section 7.08 Governing Law

   58

Section 7.09 Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial

   58

Section 7.10 Interpretation

   58

Section 7.11 Counterparts

   58

Section 7.12 Entire Agreement

   58

Section 7.13 USA PATRIOT Act

   59
ARTICLE VIII
AGENCY PROVISIONS

Section 8.01 Appointment

   59

Section 8.02 Delegation of Duties

   59

Section 8.03 Exculpatory Provisions

   59

Section 8.04 Reliance on Communications

   60

Section 8.05 Notice of Default

   60

Section 8.06 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders

   61

Section 8.07 Indemnification

   61

Section 8.08 Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity

   62

Section 8.09 Successor Agent

   62

Section 8.10 Other Agents

   62

 

iii


ARTICLE IX
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Section 9.01 Parent

   63

 

iv


SCHEDULES
Schedule I    Lenders and Commitments
Schedule II    Significant Subsidiaries
Schedule 2.04(j)    Letters of Credit
Schedule 5.02(h)    Existing Debt
Schedule 5.02(j)    Permitted Dispositions
Schedule 6.0l(e)    Specified Default Agreements
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A    Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit B    Form of Request for Issuance
Exhibit C    Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit D    Form of Note
Exhibit E    Form of Financial Services Agreement
Exhibit F    Form of Opinion of General Counsel to Borrower and Parent
Exhibit G    Form of Opinion of Counsel to Administrative Agent

 

v


CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of September 15, 2006 (this “ Agreement ”), among AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”); the Lenders identified herein and such other Lenders that may hereafter become a party (collectively, the “ Lenders ”); and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. , as Administrative Agent (in such capacity and its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent”).

The parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Certain Defined Terms. The terms defined in this Section 1.01 shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, have the meanings set forth herein:

“Advance” means a Base Rate Advance, a Eurodollar Rate Advance or a Swing Line Advance, and “Advances” means Base Rate Advances, Eurodollar Rate Advances or Swing Line Advances, or any or all of them, as the context shall require.

“Affected Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling (including but not limited to all directors and officers of such Person), controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another entity if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Administrative Agent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Applicable Percentage” shall mean, with respect to the Facility Fee or any Eurodollar Rate Advance, Base Rate Advance or Swing Line Advance, at all times during which any Applicable Rating Level set forth below is in effect, the rate per annum (except as provided below) for the Facility Fee or such Advance set forth below next to such Applicable Rating Level:

 

Applicable

Rating Level

 

Applicable

Percentage

for Facility Fee

 

Applicable

Percentage for

Eurodollar Rate

Advances

 

Applicable

Percentage

for Base Rate

Advances

1

  0.045%   0.105%   0.000%

2

  0.050%   0.150%   0.000%


3

  0.055%   0.195%   0.000%

4

  0.075%   0.225%   0.000%

5

  0.090%   0.360%   0.000%

6

  0.125%   0.425%   0.000%

7

  0.150%   0.550%   0.000%

provided, that the Applicable Percentages set forth above for Eurodollar Rate Advances and Base Rate Advances shall be increased, for each Applicable Rating Level, by 0.050% per annum if and for so long as the Outstanding Credits exceed 50% of the aggregate Commitments.

Any change in the Applicable Percentages resulting from a change in the Applicable Rating Level shall become effective upon the date of announcement of any change in the Moody’s Rating or the S&P Rating that results in such change in the Applicable Rating Level.

“Applicable Rating Level” at any time shall be determined in accordance with the then-applicable S&P Rating and the then-applicable Moody’s Rating as follows:

 

S&P Rating/Moody’s Rating

   Applicable
Rating Level

S&P Rating A+ or higher or Moody’s Rating Al or higher

   1

S&P Rating A or Moody ‘s Rating A2

   2

S&P Rating A- or Moody’s Rating A3

   3

S&P Rating BBB+ or Moody’s Rating Baal

   4

S&P Rating BBB or Moody’s Rating Baa2

   5

S&P Rating BBB- or Moody’s Rating Baa3

   6

S&P Rating BB+ or below or Moody’s Rating Bal or below, or no S&P Rating or Moody’s Rating

   7

The Applicable Rating Level for any day shall be determined based upon the higher of the S&P Rating and the Moody’s Rating in effect on such day. If the S&P Rating and the Moody’s Rating are not the same (i.e., a “split rating”), the higher of such ratings shall control, unless the ratings differ by more than one level, in which case the rating one level below the higher of the two ratings shall control.

 

2


“Assignee” means the assignee of all or a portion of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to the terms of Section 7.05(b).

“Assignment and Acceptance” means an Assignment and Acceptance executed in accordance with Section 7.05(b) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

“Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

“Base Rate” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the higher of (i) the rate of interest announced publicly by the Administrative Agent, from time to time, as the Administrative Agent’s Prime Rate; and (ii)   1 / 2 of one percent per annum above the Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time.

“Base Rate Advance” means a loan that bears interest as provided in Section 2.08(a)(i).

“Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

“Borrower” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Borrowing” means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Base Rate Advances or Eurodollar Rate Advances made to the Borrower.

“Business Day” means a day of the year on which (i) banks are not required or authorized to close in New York City, and (ii) with respect to any borrowing, payment or rate selection of Eurodollar Rate Advances, a day on which banks are not required or authorized to close in New York City, and on which dealings in Dollar deposits are carried on in the London interbank market and on which commercial banks are open for domestic and international business (including dealings in Dollar deposits) in London, England.

“Capitalized Lease” means any lease that is required to be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

“Cash Collateral Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02.

“CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C., § 9601, et seq., as amended from time to time, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

“CERCLIS” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Inventory System established pursuant to CERCLA.

 

3


“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) at any time prior to an Initial Public Offering, RWE shall cease to have direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 100% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Parent, (ii) at any time when RWE does not beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the Parent’s then outstanding Common Stock, a Parent Change of Control or (iii) an RWE Change of Control.

“Co-Lead Arrangers” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal tax code. Any reference to any provision of the Code shall also be deemed to be a reference to any successor provision or provisions thereof.

“Commitment” means (i) with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make its Pro Rata Percentage of Advances in an aggregate amount up to the amount set forth opposite the name of each Lender on Schedule I hereto, subject to adjustment on account of assignment pursuant to Section 7.05(b) or reduction in the aggregate Commitment pursuant to Section 2.10, and (ii) with respect to the Lenders collectively, the aggregate amount of all such Commitments.

“Commitment Letter” means, that Commitment Letter, dated as of June 15, 2006 among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Co-Lead Arrangers, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

“Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, the voting securities or equivalent equity interests of such Person having general voting rights, including, without limitation, the right to vote in the election of members of the board of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person.

“Controlled Group” means, with respect to any Person, all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) that, together with such Person, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

“Consolidated Total Capitalization” means at any date of determination with respect to the Parent and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum of (without duplication) (i) Consolidated Total Debt of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, plus (ii) the sum of the capital stock (excluding treasury stock and capital stock subscribed for and unissued) and surplus (including earning surplus, capital surplus, translation adjustment, the balance of the current profit and loss account not transferred to surplus and accumulated other comprehensive income) accounts of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, in each case as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 (a).

“Consolidated Total Debt” means at any date of determination with respect to the Parent and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum of (without duplication) all then outstanding Debt of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Parent delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a).

 

4


“Convert”, “Conversion” and “Converted” each refers to a conversion of Advances of one Type into Advances of another Type or the selection of a new, or the renewal of the same, Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Advances, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 2.19.

“Current Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).

“Debt” means, for any Person, (without duplication), all (i) indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or service (other than trade payables not overdue by more than 90 days incurred in the ordinary course of business), (iv) obligations under Capitalized Leases, (v) reimbursement obligations (contingent or otherwise) in respect of outstanding letters of credit, (vi) indebtedness of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by), any Lien or encumbrance on, or security interest in, property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness, and (vii) all obligations of such Person for indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above under direct or indirect Guarantees, excluding, in all cases, advances for construction as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

“Default” means any condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default or that with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived in writing, become an Event of Default.

“Designated Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a).

“Defaulting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23.

“Dollars” or “$” means dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

“Domestic Lending Office” means, as to each Lender, the office of such Lender designated as its “Domestic Lending Office” opposite its name on Schedule I, or such other office as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Borrower as its Domestic Lending Office, and as to any Assignee, the office of such Assignee designated as such in its Assignment and Acceptance or such other office as such Assignee may designate as its Domestic Lending Office.

“Eligible Assignee” means (i) a Lender; (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender; and (iii) any bank or financial institution approved by the Administrative Agent, each LC Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Bank and, unless an Event of Default described in Section 6.01 (a), (g) or (h) has occurred and is continuing at the time any assignment is effected in accordance with Section 7.05, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and such approval to be deemed given by the Borrower if no objection is received by the assigning Lender and the Administrative Agent from the Borrower within ten Business Days after notice of such proposed assignment has been provided by the assigning Lender to the Borrower); provided, however, that neither the Borrower nor an Affiliate of the Borrower shall qualify as an Eligible Assignee.

 

5


“Environmental Authority” means any foreign, federal, state, local or regional government that exercises any form of jurisdiction or authority under any Environmental Requirement.

“Environmental Liabilities” means any liabilities, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise, arising from and in any way associated with the compliance or non-compliance with any Environmental Requirements.

“Environmental Notices” means written notice from any Environmental Authority or by any other person or entity alleging noncompliance with or liability under any Environmental Requirement, including without limitation any complaints, citations, demands or requests from any Environmental Authority or from any other person or entity for correction of any violation of any Environmental Requirement or any investigations concerning any violation of any Environmental Requirement.

“Environmental Proceedings” means any judicial or administrative proceedings arising from or in any way associated with any Environmental Requirement.

“Environmental Requirement” means, with respect to any Person, any legal requirement relating to health, safety or the environment and applicable to such Person, or the Properties of such Person, including but not limited to any such requirement under CERCLA or similar state legislation and all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, writs, decrees and common law.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or any successor law. Any reference to any provision of ERISA shall also be deemed to be a reference to any successor provision or provisions thereof.

“Eurocurrency Liabilities” has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D of the Board, as in effect from time to time.

“Eurodollar Lending Office” means, as to each Lender, the office of such Lender designated as its “Eurodollar Lending Office” opposite its name on Schedule I, or such other office as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Borrower as its Eurodollar Lending Office, and as to any Assignee, the office of such Assignee designated as such in its Assignment and Acceptance or such other office as such Assignee may designate as its Eurodollar Lending Office.

“Eurodollar Rate” means, with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Rate Advance, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Dow Jones Markets Service (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time), two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for Dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” with respect to such Eurodollar Rate Advance for such

 

6


Interest Period shall be the rate per annum equal to the rate at which the principal London office of the Administrative Agent offers to place Dollar deposits at or about 11 :00 A.M. (London time), two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period with first-class banks in the London interbank market for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of its Eurodollar Rate Advance to be outstanding during such Interest Period.

“Eurodollar Rate Advance” means a loan that bears interest as provided in Section 2.08(a)(ii)

“Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage” for the Interest Period of any Eurodollar Rate Advance means the reserve percentage applicable during such Interest Period (or if more than one such percentage shall be so applicable, the daily average of such percentages for those days in such Interest Period during which any such percentage shall be so applicable) under regulations issued from time to time by the Board (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities.

“Event of Default” has the meaning set. forth in Section 6.01.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

“Extension of Credit” means (i) the making of an Advance or (ii) the issuance of a Letter of Credit or the amendment of any Letter of Credit having the effect of extending the stated termination date thereof or increasing the maximum amount to be drawn thereunder.

“Extension Request” has the meaning specified in Section 2.06(b).

“Facility Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a).

“Federal Funds Rate” means for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (i) if the day for which such rate is to be determined is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day and (ii) if such rate is not so published for any day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average of quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent.

“Fee Letter” means that certain fee letter, dated as of June 15, 2006, among the Borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

7


“Financial Officer” of any Person means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such Person.

“Financial Services Agreement” means any Financial Services Agreement between the Borrower and one or more of the Parent and the Operating Utilities, each in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms); provided that for purposes of Section 3.01(c)(i), the term “Financial Services Agreement” shall mean the Financial Services Agreement dated as of June 15, 2000, between the Borrower and the Parent.

“Fiscal Quarter” means any fiscal quarter of the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable.

“Fiscal Year” means any fiscal year of the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable.

“Foreign Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.17(d).

“Funded Debt” means, for any Person, (without duplication), all (i) indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or service (other than trade payables not overdue by more than 90 days incurred in the ordinary course of business and long-term water purchase contracts), (iv) obligations under Capitalized Leases, and (v) all obligations of such Person for indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above under direct or indirect Guarantees, excluding, in all cases, advances for construction as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect from time to time.

“Guarantee” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to secure, purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds) for the purchase or payment of such Debt or other obligation (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to provide collateral security or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of this payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be the lower of (x) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made and (y) the maximum amount for which such Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee, unless such obligation and the maximum amount for which such Person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee shall be such Person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

8


“Hazardous Materials” means (i) solid or hazardous waste, as defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. §6901, et seq . and its implementing regulations and amendments, or in any applicable state or local law or regulation, (ii) “hazardous substance”, “pollutant” or “contaminant” as defined in CERCLA, or in any applicable state or local law or regulation, (iii) gasoline, or any other petroleum product or by-product, including crude oil or any fraction thereof (iv) “toxic substances”, as defined in the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, or in any applicable state or local law or regulation and (v) “insecticides”, “fungicides” or “rodenticides,” as defined in the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act of 1975 or in any applicable state or local law or regulation, as each such Act, statute or regulation maybe amended from time to time.

“Initial Public Offering” means an offering of Common Stock of the Parent or of any Person that owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Common Stock of the Parent as of the date of the consummation of such offering, which offering is registered pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Parent or such Person under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and as a direct result of which at least 10% of the Common Stock of the Parent or such Person (calculated on a fully diluted basis taking into account all options and other rights to acquire Common Stock of the Parent or such Person then outstanding, regardless of whether such options or other rights are then exercisable) will be beneficially owned by Persons other than RWE, the Parent and Affiliates of the Parent (including all directors, officers and employees of RWE, the Parent and any such Affiliate).

“Interest Period” means, for each Eurodollar Rate Advance, the period commencing on the date of such Advance or the date of the Conversion of any Advance into such an Advance and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below and, thereafter, each subsequent period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below. In the case of a Eurodollar Rate Advance, the duration of each such Interest Period shall be one, two, three or six months, or nine or twelve months if available to all Lenders, in each case as the Borrower may select by notice to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.02(a) or Section 2.19; provided, however , that:

(1) the Borrower may not select any Interest Period that ends after the Termination Date;

(2) whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day; provided , in the case of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Advance, that if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next preceding Business Day; and

(3) any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Advance that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the appropriate subsequent calendar month) shall end on the last Business Day of the appropriate subsequent calendar month.

 

9


“Investment” means any investment in any Person, whether by means of purchase or acquisition of obligations or securities of such Person, capital contribution to such Person, loan or advance to such Person, making of a time deposit with such Person, Guarantee or assumption of any obligation of such Person or otherwise.

“IPO Company” means any Person the Common Stock of which is the subject of an offering described in the definition of “Initial Public Offering”.

“LC Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(b).

“LC Issuing Bank” means, as to any Letter of Credit, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., each Lender listed on Schedule 2.04(j) hereof and any other Lender or Affiliate of a Lender appointed by the Borrower that agrees pursuant to Section 2.04 to act as an LC Issuing Bank hereunder.

“LC Outstandings” means, on any date of determination, (i) the undrawn stated amounts of all Letters of Credit that are outstanding on such date, plus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all unpaid reimbursement obligations of the Borrower on such date with respect to payments made by any LC Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit, minus (iii) the amount of cash held in the Cash Collateral Account.

“Lenders” means each of the Lenders identified on the signature pages hereto, and their successors and permitted assigns.

“Lending Office” means, as to each Lender, such Lender’s Domestic Lending Office in the case of Base Rate Advances and Swing Line Advances and such Lender’s Eurodollar Lending Office in the case of Eurodollar Rate Advances.

“Lending Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.06.

“Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued by an LC Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.04.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed to secure debt, deed of trust, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, security title, preferential arrangement which has the practical effect of constituting a security interest, servitude or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset. For the purpose of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any asset which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, Capitalized Lease or other title retention agreement relating to such asset.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Support Agreement, the Notes and any other document evidencing, relating to or securing the Advances, and any other document or instrument delivered from time to time in connection with this Agreement, the Notes or the Advances, as such documents and instruments may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Mandatory Commitment Reduction Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(j).

 

10


“Mandatory Commitment Reduction Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(j).

“Material Adverse Change” means (i) any material adverse change in the business, condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of the Borrower or of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) the occurrence of any event or condition that has a material adverse effect on the legality, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the ability of the Borrower or the Parent to perform its obligations thereunder.

“Margin Regulations” means Regulations T, U and X of the Board, as in effect from time to time, together with all official rulings and interpretations issued thereunder.

“Margin Stock” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Margin Regulations.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

“Moody’s Rating” means, on any date of determination, the debt rating most recently announced by Moody’s with respect to the senior unsecured, non-credit enhanced debt issued by the Borrower.

“Multi-employer Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 4001 (a)(3) of ERISA.

“Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any sale, the cash proceeds received in respect of such sale net of expenses of such sale, including, without limitations, reasonable and documented attorneys’, accountants’, and other advisors’ fees, and banking and investment banking fees, environmental, regulatory and solvency related fees, all legal, regulatory, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign, local or other taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable, as a consequence of such sale, and the amount of any reserves established to fund contingent liabilities reasonably estimated to be payable that are directly attributable to such sale, and all amounts used to repay, redeem or repurchase Debt secured by a Lien on any asset disposed of, sold, leased, conveyed or otherwise transferred in such sale or which is or may be required (by the express terms of the instrument governing such Debt) to be repaid, redeemed or repurchased in connection with such sale (including payments made to obtain or avoid the need for the consent of any holder of such Debt), and incremental income taxes or other taxes paid or payable as a result therefrom (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

“Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04(b).

“Non-Extending Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).

“Note” or “Notes” means each of the promissory notes of the Borrower, evidencing the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Advances to the Lenders substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

“Notice of Borrowing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a).

“Notice of Swing Line Borrowing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).

 

11


“OECD Country” means any member country of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development.

“Operating Utilities” means those Subsidiaries of the Parent that are operating water utilities and have entered into a Financial Services Agreement with the Borrower and the Parent.

“Other Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.17(b).

“Outstanding Credits” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Advances outstanding on such date plus (ii) the LC Outstandings on such date. The “Outstanding Credits” of any Lender means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate Outstanding Credits on such date.

“Parent” means American Water Works Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Parent Change of Control” means the occurrence of either of the following after an Initial Public Offering: (i) any entity, person (within the meaning of Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) that theretofore was beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of less than 25% of the Parent’s then outstanding Common Stock (other than RWE or any of its Affiliates) acquires direct or indirect beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock of the Parent, in a transaction or series of transactions, that results in such entity, person or group directly or indirectly owning beneficially 25% or more of the Parent’s then outstanding Common Stock; or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years commencing after consummation of an Initial Public Offering, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of the IPO Company (together with any new directors whose election to such board of directors or whose nomination for election was approved by a vote of a majority of the members of the board of directors of the IPO Company, which members comprising such majority were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the IPO Company.

“Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.05(e).

“Participation Interest” means a purchase by a Lender of a participation in Advances as provided in Section 2.22.

“Payment Date” means each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31.

“PBGC’ means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

“Permitted Investments” means:

(i) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America, any State thereof or any political subdivision of any such State or any OECD Country (or by any agency of the

 

12


United States of America or any OECD Country to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America or such OECD Country, as the case may be), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(ii) investments in commercial paper maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, one of the two highest credit ratings obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;

(iii) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time or demand deposits maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or any OECD Country that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;

(iv) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (i) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (iii) above;

(v) investments in “money market funds” within the meaning of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, substantially all of whose assets are invested in investments of the type described in clauses (i) through (iv) above; and

(vi) foreign investments substantially comparable to any of the foregoing in connection with managing cash of any Subsidiary having operations in a foreign country.

“Permitted Swap Agreement” means any Swap Agreement entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest or foreign exchange rates with respect to any liability or investment of the Parent, the Borrower or any of the Operating Utilities.

“Person” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership (including, without limitation, a joint venture), an unincorporated association, a limited liability company, a trust or any other entity or organization, including, but not limited to, a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

“Plan” means at any time an employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multi-employer Plan) that is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code and is maintained by a member of the Controlled Group for employees of a member of the Controlled Group.

“Prime Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the Administrative Agent’s index or base rate of interest announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent (which is not necessarily the lowest rate charged to any customer), changing when and as such base rate changes.

“Pro Rata Percentage” or “Pro Rata Share” means for each Lender, a fraction (expressed as a decimal) the numerator of which is the Commitment of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the aggregate Commitment of the Lenders at such time. The initial Pro Rata Percentages are set out on Schedule I hereto.

 

13


“Properties” means, with respect to, any Person, all real property owned, leased or otherwise used or occupied by such Person wherever located.

“Proposed Change” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04(b).

“Request for Issuance” means a request made pursuant to Section 2.04 in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

“Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.05(c).

“Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Advances (exclusive of Swing Line Advances) outstanding, or, if no Advances are outstanding, more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of all Commitments (exclusive of the Swing Line Commitment).

“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, general counsel or any Financial Officer of the Parent or the Borrower, and any other officer of the Borrower with responsibility for the administration of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement.

“RWE” means RWE AG, a German corporation.

“RWE Change of Control” means, at any time that RWE has direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the Parent’s then outstanding Common Stock, any entity, person (within the meaning of Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) that theretofore was beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 50% or less of RWE’s then outstanding Common Stock acquires direct or indirect beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock of RWE, in a transaction or series of transactions, that results in such entity, person or group directly or indirectly owning beneficially more than 50% of RWE’s then outstanding Common Stock.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

“S&P Rating” shall mean, on any date of determination, the rating most recently announced by S&P with respect to the senior unsecured, non-credit enhanced debt issued by the Borrower.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Significant Subsidiary” means the Borrower and with respect to any other Person, a Subsidiary of such Person that is a “significant subsidiary” (within the meaning of Regulation S-X of the SEC).

 

14


“Specified Default” means any default under any agreement listed in Schedule 6.01(e) arising out of any default in the performance of any obligation under any such agreement to deliver financial statements of the Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Parent or to give notice of any such default.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or unincorporated entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock (or comparable interest) having ordinary voting power (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock (or comparable interest) of any other class or classes of such corporation or entity shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency) is at any time directly or indirectly owned by said Person (whether directly or through one or more of the other Subsidiaries). In the case of an unincorporated entity, a Person shall be deemed to have more than 50% of interests having ordinary voting power only if such Person’s vote in respect of such interests comprises more than 50% of the total voting power of all such interests in the unincorporated entity.

“Support Agreement” means that certain Support Agreement, dated June 22, 2000, between the Parent and the Borrower as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms and this Agreement.

“Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more interest rates or currencies.

“Swing Line Advance” means a loan that bears interest as provided in Section 2.08(a)(iii).

“Swing Line Bank” means the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as Swing Line Bank hereunder, or any successor thereto as provided in Section 2.03(e).

“Swing Line Borrowing” means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Swing Line Advances made to the Borrower.

“Swing Line Commitment” means the Commitment of the Swing Line Bank to make Swing Line Advances in an aggregate amount up to $25,000,000, subject to adjustment on account of a reduction in the Swing Line Commitment pursuant to Section 2.10.

“Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.17.

“Termination Date” means, for any Lender, September 15, 2011, unless, with respect to such Lender, such date is otherwise extended pursuant to Section 2.06.

“Type” with respect to an Advance (other than a Swing Line Advance), means any of the following, each of which shall be deemed to be a different “Type” of Advance: a Base Rate Advance, a Eurodollar Rate Advance having a one-month Interest Period, a Eurodollar Rate Advance having a two-month Interest Period, a Eurodollar Rate Advance having a three-month Interest Period, a Eurodollar Rate Advance having a six-month Interest Period, a Eurodollar Rate Advance having a nine-month Interest Period and a Eurodollar Rate Advance having a twelve-month Interest Period.

 

15


“Withdrawal Liability” means a liability to a Multi-employer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multi-employer Plan, as described in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Section 1.02 Accounting Terms and Determinations. Unless otherwise specified herein, all terms of an accounting character used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision (including any definition) hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

Section 1.03 Use of Defined Terms. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in any of the other Loan Documents (other than the Support Agreement), unless otherwise defined therein or unless the context shall otherwise require.

Section 1.04 Terminology. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders; the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Titles of Articles and Sections in this Agreement are for convenience only, and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 1.05 References. Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Agreement to “Articles”, “Exhibits”, “Schedules” and “Sections” are references to articles, exhibits, schedules and sections hereof.

ARTICLE II

THE EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT

Section 2.01 Commitment to Extend Credit.

(a) Each Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to make its Pro Rata Share of Advances (other than Swing Line Advances) to the Borrower from time to time before the Termination Date; provided that, immediately after each such Advance is made, (i) with respect to each Lender individually, the Outstanding Credits of such Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (ii) with respect to the Lenders collectively, the aggregate Outstanding Credits shall not exceed the Lenders’ aggregate Commitment.

(b) The Swing Line Bank agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to make Swing Line Advances to the Borrower from time to time before the Termination Date; provided that, immediately after each such Swing Line Advance is made: (i) the outstanding

 

16


aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Advances shall not exceed the Swing Line Commitment, (ii) with respect to each Lender individually, the Outstanding Credits of such Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (iii) with respect to the Lenders collectively, the aggregate Outstanding Credits shall not exceed the Lenders’ aggregate Commitment.

(c) Within the foregoing limits, the Borrower may borrow under this Section, repay or, to the extent permitted by Section 2.12, prepay Advances and reborrow under this Section at any time before the Termination Date.

Section 2.02 Method of Borrowing.

(a) Each Borrowing shall be made on a Business Day, upon notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, given (i) in the case of a Borrowing that is a Base Rate Advance, not later than 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date of the proposed Borrowing and (ii) in the case of a Borrowing that is a Eurodollar Rate Advance, not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such notice of a Borrowing (a “Notice of Borrowing”) by the Borrower shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, specifying therein the requested (A) date of such Borrowing, (B) Type of Advance to be made in connection with such Borrowing, (C) aggregate amount of such Borrowing and (D) in the case of a Borrowing comprising Eurodollar Rate Advances, initial Interest Period for each such Advance. The Administrative Agent shall give notice to each Lender promptly upon receipt of each Notice of Borrowing pursuant to this Section 2.02(a), the contents thereof and each such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Borrowing to be made pursuant thereto. Each Lender shall, before 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing in the case of Eurodollar Rate Advances, and 3:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing in the case of Base Rate Advances, make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower in same day funds, the proceeds of such Borrowing. Such Borrowing will then be made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of such office with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent (or at such other location as may be agreed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

(b) Each Notice of Borrowing shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower. In the case of any Borrowing that the related Notice of Borrowing specifies is to comprise Eurodollar Rate Advances, the Borrower shall indemnify the applicable Lender against any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Leader as a result of any failure of the Borrower to fulfill on or before the date specified in such Notice of Borrowing for such Advances, the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, including, without limitation, any loss (excluding loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or redeployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender as part of such Borrowing when such Advance is not made on such date.

(c) Each Borrowing (whether for a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar Rate Advance) shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or any multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (except that any such Borrowing may be in the aggregate amount of the unutilized Commitment on such date).

 

17


Section 2.03 Method of Swing Line Borrowing.

(a) Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made on a Business Day, upon notice from the Borrower to the Swing Line Bank, given not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing. Each such notice of a Swing Line Borrowing (a “Notice of Swing Line Borrowing”) by the Borrower shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, specifying therein the requested (i) date of such Swing Line Borrowing and (ii) aggregate amount of such Swing Line Borrowing. The Swing Line Bank shall, before 4:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of such Swing Line Borrowing, make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower in same day funds, the proceeds of such Swing Line Borrowing. Such Swing Line Borrowing will then be made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of such office with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Swing Line Bank and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent. For purposes of determining the amount of Outstanding Credits of any Lender and the amount of unutilized Commitments, each Swing Line Borrowing made by the Swing Line Bank will be deemed to comprise outstanding Advances of the Lenders made in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentages.

(b) Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or any multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof, or such lesser amount as shall be equal to the aggregate amount of the unutilized Commitment on such date.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.03 above to the contrary:

 

  (i) the aggregate amount of the Swing Line Advances outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Swing Line Commitment; and

 

  (ii) no more than one Swing Line Advance may be made on the same Business Day.

(d) Upon request by the Swing Line Bank with an outstanding Swing Line Advance, and notwithstanding whether a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each other Lender shall purchase from the Swing Line Bank, and the Swing Line Bank shall sell and assign to each such other Lender, such other Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such outstanding Swing Line Advance as of the date of such demand, by making available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Bank, by deposit to the Administrative Agent’s account, in same day funds, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the portion of the outstanding principal amount of such Swing Line Advance to be purchased by such Lender, plus (ii) interest accrued and unpaid to and as of such date on such portion of the outstanding principal amount of such Swing Line Advance. Each Lender agrees to purchase its Pro Rata Share of an outstanding Swing Line Advance upon notice given not later than one Business Day prior to the Business Day of proposed purchase. Upon any such assignment by the Swing Line Bank to any other Lender of a portion of a Swing Line Advance, the Swing Line Bank represents

 

18


and warrants to such other Lender that the Swing Line Bank is the legal and beneficial owner of such interest being assigned by it, but makes no other representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to such Swing Line Advance or the applicable Loan Documents. If and to the extent that any Lender shall not have so made the amount of such Swing Line Advance available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date of demand by the Swing Line Bank until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate; provided, that if payment is not made within three Business Days of demand, interest thereon shall accrue at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage for Swing Line Advances for each day thereafter. If such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent such amount for the account of the Swing Line Bank, such amount so paid in respect of principal shall constitute a Swing Line Advance by such Lender for purposes of this Agreement, and the outstanding principal amount of the Swing Line Advance made by the Swing Line Bank shall be reduced by such amount.

(e) The Swing Line Bank may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower, with any such resignation to become effective only upon the appointment of a successor Swing Line Bank pursuant to this Section 2.03(e). Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Swing Line Bank, which shall be a Lender or an Eligible Assignee acceptable to the Borrower. If no successor Swing Line Bank shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Swing Line Bank’s giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring Swing Line Bank may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Swing Line Bank, which shall be a Lender or an Eligible Assignee acceptable to the Borrower. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Swing Line Bank hereunder by a successor Swing Line Bank, such successor Swing Line Bank shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Swing Line Bank.

Section 2.04 Letters of Credit.

(a) In addition to the LC Issuing Banks named herein, the Borrower may from time to time appoint one or more other Lenders (with the consent of any such Lender, which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of each Lender) to act, either directly or through an Affiliate of such Lender, as an LC Issuing Bank hereunder. Any such appointment and the terms thereof shall be evidenced in a separate written agreement executed by the Borrower and the relevant LC Issuing Bank, a copy of which agreement shall be delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice of any such appointment to the other Lenders. Upon such appointment, if and for so long as such Lender shall have any obligation to issue any Letters of Credit hereunder or any Letter of Credit issued by such Lender shall remain outstanding, such Lender shall be deemed to be, and shall have all the rights and obligations of, an “LC Issuing Bank” under this Agreement.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Letter of Credit shall be issued (or the stated maturity thereof extended or terms thereof modified or amended) on not less than one Business Day’s prior notice thereof by delivery of (x) a Request for Issuance to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly distribute copies thereof to the Lenders) and the relevant LC Issuing Bank, and (y) if requested by such LC Issuing Bank, a letter of credit

 

19


application or other standard form required by the relevant Issuing Bank to such Issuing Bank. Each Letter of Credit shall be issued in a form acceptable to the relevant LC Issuing Bank. Each Request for Issuance shall specify (i) the identity of the relevant LC Issuing Bank, (ii) the date (which shall be a Business Day) of issuance of such Letter of Credit (or the date of effectiveness of such extension, modification or amendment) and the stated expiry date thereof (which shall not be later than the earlier of (A) one year after the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit and (B) unless cash collateralized prior to five Business Days prior to the Termination Date, the fifth Business Day preceding the Termination Date); provided, however, that a Letter of Credit may, upon the request of the Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of one year or less (but not beyond the date specified in clause (B) above) unless the relevant LC Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof at least 30 days prior to the then-applicable expiration date that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed), (iii) the proposed stated amount of such Letter of Credit (which amount shall not be subject to any automatic increase provisions), (iv) the name and address of the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit and (v) a statement of drawing conditions applicable to such Letter of Credit, and if such Request for Issuance relates to an amendment or modification of a Letter of Credit, it shall be accompanied by the consent of the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit thereto. Each Request for Issuance shall be delivered by the Borrower no later than 11:00 AM on the Business day immediately prior to the proposed date of issuance (or effectiveness) specified therein. Not later than 12:00 noon on the proposed date of issuance (or effectiveness) specified in such Request for Issuance, and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions precedent and the other requirements set forth herein, the relevant LC Issuing Bank shall issue (or extend, amend or modify) such Letter of Credit and provide notice and a copy thereof to the Administrative Agent, which shall promptly furnish copies thereof to the Lenders; provided that the relevant LC Issuing Bank shall not issue or amend any Letter of Credit if such LC Issuing Bank has received notice from the Administrative Agent that the applicable conditions precedent have not been satisfied.

(c) No Letter of Credit shall be requested or issued hereunder if, after the issuance thereof, (i) the Outstanding Credits would exceed the aggregate Commitments or (ii) the LC Outstandings would exceed $150,000,000.

(d) The Borrower hereby agrees to pay (through the proceeds of a Borrowing or otherwise) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each LC Issuing Bank and, if any Lender shall have purchased a participation in the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower pursuant to subsection (e) below, such participating Lender, no later than one Business Day following receipt of notice by such LC Issuing Bank to the Borrower, on and after each date on which such LC Issuing Bank shall pay any amount under any Letter of Credit issued by such LC Issuing Bank, a sum equal to the amount so paid plus interest on such amount from the date so paid by such LC Issuing Bank until repayment to such LC Issuing Bank in full at a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Advances plus, if any amount paid by such LC Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit is not reimbursed by the Borrower within three Business Days, 2%, unless refinanced with an Advance.

(e) If any LC Issuing Bank shall not have been reimbursed in full for any payment made by such LC Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit issued by such LC Issuing Bank on the date payment is due from the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.04, such LC Issuing Bank shall

 

20


give the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt notice thereof (an “LC Payment Notice” ) no later than 12:00 noon on the Business Day immediately succeeding such payment date. Each Lender severally agrees to purchase a participation in the reimbursement obligation of the Borrower to such LC Issuing Bank by paying to the Administrative Agent for the account of such LC Issuing Bank an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such unreimbursed amount paid by such LC Issuing Bank, plus interest on such amount at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from the date of the payment by such LC Issuing Bank to the date of payment to such LC Issuing Bank by such Lender. Each such payment by a Lender shall be made not later than 3:00 P.M. on the Business Day on which such Lender shall have received an LC Payment Notice from such LC Issuing Bank. Each Lender’s obligation to make each such payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of such LC Issuing Bank shall be several and shall not be affected by the occurrence or continuance of a Default or the failure of any other Lender to make any payment under this Section 2.04(e). Each Lender further agrees that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(f) The failure of any Lender to make any payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of any LC Issuing Bank in accordance with subsection (e) above shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation to make payment, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender. If any Lender (a “non-performing Lender” ) shall fail to make any payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of any LC Issuing Bank in accordance with subsection (e) above within five Business Days after the LC Payment Notice relating thereto, then, for so long as such failure shall continue, such LC Issuing Bank shall be deemed, for purposes of Sections 6.01 and 7.04 hereof, to be a Lender owed a Borrowing in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount due and payable by such non-performing Lender to the Administrative Agent for the account of such LC Issuing Bank pursuant to subsection (e) above. Any non-performing Lender and the Borrower (without waiving any claim against such Lender for such Lender’s failure to purchase a participation in the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower under subsection (e) above) severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such LC Issuing Bank forthwith on demand such amount, together with interest thereon for each day from the date such Lender would have purchased its participation had it complied with the requirements of subsection (e) above until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to Base Rate Advances plus, if any amount paid by such LC Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit is not reimbursed by the Borrower within three Business Days, 2%, in accordance with Section 2.04(d), and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Rate.

(g) The payment obligations of each Lender under Section 2.04(e) and of the Borrower under this Agreement in respect of any payment under any Letter of Credit shall be unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including, without limitation, the following circumstances:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto or to such Letter of Credit;

(ii) any amendment or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, the terms of this Agreement or such Letter of Credit;

 

21


(iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that the Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary, or any transferee, of such Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), any LC Issuing Bank, or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby, thereby or by such Letter of Credit, or any unrelated transaction;

(iv) any statement or any other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(v) payment in good faith by any LC Issuing Bank under the Letter of Credit issued by such LC Issuing Bank against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;

(vi) the use that may be made of any Letter of Credit by, or any act or omission of, the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for which the beneficiary may be acting); or

(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

(h) Without limiting any other provision of this Section 2.04, for purposes of this Section 2.04, any LC Issuing Bank may rely upon any oral, telephonic, telegraphic, facsimile, electronic, written or other communication believed in good faith to have been authorized by the Borrower, whether or not given or signed by an authorized Person of the Borrower.

(i) The Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of any beneficiary or transferee of any Letter of Credit. Neither any LC Issuing Bank, the Lenders nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or Affiliates shall be liable or responsible for (i) the use that may be made of such Letter of Credit or any acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee thereof in connection therewith; (ii) the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents, or of any endorsement thereon, even if such documents should prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged; (iii) payment by any LC Issuing Bank against presentation of documents that do not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to such Letter of Credit; or (iv) any other circumstances whatsoever in making or failing to make payment under such Letter of Credit, except that the Borrower and each Lender shall have the right to bring suit against each LC Issuing Bank, and each LC Issuing Bank shall be liable to the Borrower and any Lender, to the extent of any direct, as opposed to consequential, damages suffered by the Borrower or such Lender that the Borrower or such Lender proves were caused by such LC Issuing Bank’s willful misconduct or gross negligence, including, in the case of the Borrower, such LC Issuing Bank’s (x) failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof or (y) failure to make timely payment under such Letter of Credit following the presentation to it by the beneficiary thereof of a draft and accompanying certificate(s) that strictly comply with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing,

 

22


each LC Issuing Bank may accept sight drafts and accompanying certificates presented under the Letter of Credit issued by such LC Issuing Bank that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and payment against such documents shall not constitute willful misconduct or gross negligence by such LC Issuing Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender (in its capacity as a Lender) shall be obligated to indemnify the Borrower for damages caused by any LC Issuing Bank’s willful misconduct or gross negligence.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, on the first date on which the conditions precedent listed in Sections 3.01 and 3.02(b), (c) and (d) shall be satisfied, the letters of credit described in Schedule 2.04(j) shall be deemed to be “Letters of Credit” issued hereunder, resulting in Extensions of Credit on such date hereunder; and on such date the Administrative Agent shall confirm in writing to the Borrower and the relevant LC Issuing Banks the occurrence of such Extensions of Credit.

Section 2.05 Increase of the Commitments.

(a) The Borrower may on one or more occasions, by written notice to the Administrative Agent and executed by the Borrower and one or more financial institutions (any such financial institution referred to in this paragraph (a) being called a “Designated Lender” ), which may include any Lender, cause new Commitments to be extended by the Designated Lenders (or cause the Commitments of the Designated Lenders to be increased, as the case may be); provided that (i) at no time shall the aggregate amount of all extensions of new Commitments and increases in existing Commitments effected pursuant to this paragraph (a) exceed $200,000,000 and (ii) each Designated Lender, if not already a Lender hereunder, shall (A) be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) and (B) execute all such documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Commitment or Commitments of such Designated Lender and/or its status as a Lender hereunder. Extensions of new Commitments and increases in existing Commitments pursuant to this paragraph (a) shall become effective on the date specified in the applicable notice delivered by the Borrower. The Borrower shall deliver a certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, dated as of the effective date of such additional Commitments, stating that all representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in Article IV of this Agreement (with all references in such Article to a Borrowing or Swing Line Borrowing being deemed to be references to the increase of the Commitments) are true in all material respects as if made on and as of such effective date.

(b) Promptly following the effective date of any Commitment increase pursuant to this Section 2.05, (i) the Administrative Agent shall distribute an amended Schedule I to this Agreement (which shall thereafter be incorporated into this Agreement) to reflect any changes in Lenders, the Commitments and each Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage as of such effective date, (ii) the Borrower shall prepay to certain Lenders such amount of any Advances as may be then outstanding (without regard to minimum prepayment amounts pursuant to Section 2.12, but including any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 2.13) as are necessary so that, after giving effect to such prepayments and any borrowings on such date of all or any portion of such Commitment increase, the principal balance of all outstanding Advances owing to each Lender is equivalent to each such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage (after giving effect to any

 

23


nonratable Commitment increase in the Commitment resulting from a Commitment increase pursuant to this Section 2.05) of all then outstanding Advances. Prepayments made under this clause (b)(ii) shall not be subject to the notice requirements of Section 2.12.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision contained herein to the contrary, from and after the date of any Commitment increase and the making of any Advances on such date pursuant to clause (b)(ii) above, all calculations and payments of fees and of interest on the Advances shall take into account the actual Commitment of each Lender and the principal amount outstanding of each Advance made by such Lender during the relevant period of time.

Section 2.06 Maturity of Advances; Extension and Termination of Commitment.

(a) Each Advance shall mature, and the principal amount thereof shall be due and payable in full, and the Commitments and the Swing Line Commitment shall terminate, on the Termination Date.

(b) The Borrower may request up to two one-year extensions of the Termination Date in effect on the date of any such request (the “Current Termination Date”) (notice of the exercise of which shall be given by the Borrower in writing (i) in the case of the first extension (until the sixth anniversary of the date hereof), at least 30 days prior to the first anniversary of the date hereof and (ii) in the case of the second extension (until the seventh anniversary of the date hereof, if the first extension was exercised, or the sixth anniversary of the date hereof if the first extension was not exercised) at least 30 days prior to the second anniversary of the date hereof) of the Commitments. Upon the delivery of such a written request by an authorized officer of the Borrower (an “Extension Request”), the Administrative Agent promptly shall deliver a copy of such Extension Request to each of the Lenders. Each Lender, acting in its sole discretion, shall by notice made in writing and delivered to the Administrative Agent on a Business Day not more than 30 days following the date of such Extension Request, advise the Administrative Agent whether such Lender agrees to such extension (each Lender agreeing to an Extension Request within such timeframe being referred to herein as an “Extending Lender”, and each Lender declining to agree to an Extension Request within such timeframe being referred to herein as a “Non-Extending Lender”). The election of any Lender to agree to such extension shall not obligate any other Lender to agree.

(c) If Lenders constituting the Required Lenders shall not have agreed to the Extension Request on the 30th day following the date of such Extension Request, then the Current Termination Date shall not be so extended, the principal amount of all Advances and all other amounts payable under this Agreement shall be payable in full and the Commitment shall terminate on the Current Termination Date.

(d) If Lenders constituting the Required Lenders shall have agreed to the Extension Request on or prior to the 30th day following the date of such Extension Request, then the Termination Date applicable to Extending Lenders shall be extended to be the day that is one year after the Current Termination Date. In the event of such extension, the Commitments of each Non-Extending Lender shall terminate on the Current Termination Date, the principal amount of all Advances and other amounts payable to each Non-Extending Lender under this Agreement shall be payable in full on the Current Termination Date, and the Lenders’ aggregate Commitment shall be reduced by the amount of the Commitment of each Non-Extending Lender unless such Non-Extending Lender is replaced pursuant to subsection (e) below.

 

24


(e) In the event that the Termination Date is extended under subsection (d) above, the Borrower shall have the right, on or before the Current Termination Date, at the Borrower’s sole expense and effort, to require any Non-Extending Lender to assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided, that such assignment shall be in accordance with, and subject to the requirements and restrictions contained in Section 7.05.

(f) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.06, no extension of the Termination Date shall become effective unless, on the Current Termination Date, (i) the conditions set forth in subsections (b) and (c) of Section 3.02 (with all references in such subsections to a Borrowing or Swing Line Borrowing being deemed to be references to the extension of the Termination Date) shall be satisfied, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect, dated the Current Termination Date and executed on behalf of the Borrower by an authorized officer of the Borrower, (ii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have received an opinion of counsel for the Borrower, as to such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall have received certified copies of all governmental approvals (if any) required for each of the Borrower and the Parent in connection with such extension.

Section 2.07 Evidence of Advances.

(a) Each Lender shall maintain an account or accounts evidencing each Advance made by such Lender to the Borrower from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement. Each Lender will make reasonable efforts to maintain the accuracy of its account or accounts, and to update promptly its account or accounts from time to time, as necessary.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 7.05(c) and a subaccount for each Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the date, amount and Period, if applicable, of each Advance, and whether such Advance is a Base Rate Advance, a Eurodollar Rate Advance or a Swing Line loan, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from or for the account of the Borrower and each Lender’s percentage share thereof. The Administrative Agent will make reasonable efforts to maintain the accuracy of the subaccounts referred to in the preceding sentence and to update promptly such subaccounts from time to time, as necessary.

(c) The entries made in the Register and subaccounts maintained pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 2.07, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of such obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to maintain any such Register, subaccount or account, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrower to repay the Advances in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

25


(d) Upon the request of any Lender, which request shall be made through the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, the Borrower shall deliver to such Lender a duly executed Note in the form of Exhibit D with appropriate insertions as to dates and principal amounts.

Section 2.08 Interest Rates.

(a) The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance from and including the date of such Advance to but excluding the date such Advance shall be paid in full ( provided, however , that if the principal amount of any Advance is borrowed and repaid on the same day, the Borrower shall pay interest on such principal amount at the applicable interest rate for such day), at the following rates per annum:

 

  (i) if such Advance is a Base Rate Advance, a variable rate per annum equal at all times to the Base Rate in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Percentage, payable quarterly in arrears on each Payment Date while such Base Rate Advance is outstanding and on the date such Base Rate Advance shall be Converted or paid in full;

 

  (ii) if such Advance is a Eurodollar Rate Advance, a fixed rate per annum during each Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Advance equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Percentage, payable on the last day of the Interest Period (and, in the case of any Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, on each day that occurs during such Interest Period every three months after the first day of such Interest Period) and on the date such Eurodollar Rate Advance shall be Converted or paid in full; and

 

  (iii) if such Advance is a Swing Line Advance, a variable rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage for Base Rate Advances, payable quarterly in arrears on each Payment Date while such Swing Line Advance is outstanding and on the date such Swing Line Advance shall be paid in full.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Advance as provided in the subsection (a) above or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to Base Rate Advances as provided in subsection (a) above.

Section 2.09 Fees

(a) The Borrower shall pay the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a facility fee (the “Facility Fee ) equal to the product of (i) the average daily amount of

 

26


the Commitments (regardless of usage), times (ii) a per annum percentage equal to the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time. The Facility Fee shall accrue from and including the date hereof to but excluding the Termination Date and shall be payable in arrears on each Payment Date and on the Termination Date; provided that if the Commitments are terminated at any time prior to the Termination Date for any reason, the entire accrued and unpaid Facility Fee shall be paid on the date of such termination.

(b) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a fee (the “LC Fee”) on the average daily amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the LC Outstandings from the date hereof until the later to occur of the Termination Date and the date on which no Letters of Credit are outstanding, payable in arrears on each Payment Date and on such later date, at a rate equal at all times to the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time for Eurodollar Rate Advances.

(c) The Borrower shall pay to each LC Issuing Bank such fees for the issuance and maintenance of Letters of Credit issued by such LC Issuing Bank and for drawings thereunder as may be separately agreed between the Borrower and such LC Issuing Bank.

(d) In addition to the fees provided for in subsections (a) through (c) above, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Lead Arrangers, such other fees as are provided for in the Fee Letter.

Section 2.10 Termination or Reduction of Commitment

(a) The Borrower may, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Lender, terminate at any time, or reduce from time to time by an aggregate amount of at least $5,000,000 (and integrals of $1,000,000 in excess thereof), the Commitment or the Swing Line Commitment.

(b) On each Mandatory Commitment Reduction Date, the Commitments of the Lenders shall reduce automatically by an amount equal to the Mandatory Commitment Reduction Amount in respect thereof. Promptly following any Mandatory Commitment Reduction Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent notice of any reduction in the Commitments on such date pursuant to this subsection (b).

(c) All accrued Facility Fees (as provided under Section 2.09) on the Commitment (in the case of a termination of the Commitment) or on the portion of the Commitment being reduced (in the case of a reduction of the Commitment) under this Section 2.10 shall be payable on the effective date of such reduction or termination. In the event the Commitment of the Swing Line Bank, in its capacity as a Lender, is reduced at any time below the Swing Line Commitment as a result of a reduction of the Commitment by the Borrower under this Section 2.10, the Swing Line Commitment automatically shall be reduced to equal the Commitment of the Lender that is the Swing Line Bank.

Section 2.11 Mandatory Prepayments

(a) On each date on which the Commitment is reduced pursuant to Section 2.10, the Borrower shall repay or prepay such principal amount of the outstanding Advances, if any

 

27


(together with accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment and any compensation payable pursuant to Section 2.13), and/or deposit funds in the Cash Collateral Account in respect of undrawn Letters of Credit outstanding on such date, as may be necessary so that after such payment and/or deposit, the Outstanding Credits do not exceed the amount of the Commitment as then reduced.

(b) On each date on which the Swing Line Commitment is reduced pursuant to Section 2.10, the Borrower shall repay or prepay such principal amount outstanding of Swing Line Advances, if any (together with accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment), as may be necessary so that after such payment the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Swing Line Advances does not exceed the amount of the Swing Line Commitment as then reduced.

Section 2.12 Optional Prepayments. The Borrower may, (a) upon (i) at least one Business Day’s notice to the Lender in the case of any Base Rate Advance or (ii) notice delivered not later than 11:00 A.M. New York City time on the date of prepayment in the case of any Swing Line Advance, and (b) upon at least two Business Days notice in the case of any Eurodollar Rate Advance, prepay any such Advance in whole at any time, or from time to time in part in amounts aggregating at least $5,000,000 (and integrals of $1,000,000 in excess thereof) by paying the principal amount to be prepaid together with accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment and any compensation payable pursuant to Section 2.13.

Section 2.13 Compensation after Prepayment or Conversion. The Borrower shall, upon the demand of any Lender, pay to such Lender any amounts which are required to compensate such Lender for any losses, costs or expenses which it may reasonably incur as a result of the optional or mandatory prepayment or Conversion of any Eurodollar Rate Advance, on any date other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period, or the failure to prepay any Advance on the date of prepayment specified in any notice of prepayment, including, without limitation, any loss (excluding loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund or maintain such Advance.

Section 2.14 General Provisions as to Payments.

(a) The Borrower shall make each payment of principal of, and interest on, the Advances, the LC Fee and the Facility Fees hereunder not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date when due in federal or other funds immediately available without setoff or counterclaim to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender at its Lending Office. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of each such payment, the Administrative Agent shall distribute to each Lender, at its Domestic Lending Office, its Pro Rata Share of such payment, including, without limitation, each Lender’s Pro Rata Share of Swing Line Advances purchased by such Lender in accordance with Section 2.03(d). If and to the extent that the Administrative Agent shall not have so distributed to any Lender, at its Domestic Lending Office, its Pro Rata Share of such payment, the Administrative Agent agrees to pay to such Lender forthwith on demand such amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date of demand by such Lender until the date such amount is paid to such Lender, at the Federal Funds Rate.

 

28


(b) Subject to the qualifications set forth in the definition of “Interest Period,” whenever any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Advances or of Facility Fees or the LC Fee payable hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If the date for any payment of principal is extended by operation of law or otherwise, interest thereon shall be payable for such extended time.

Section 2.15 Computation of Interest and Fees.

(a) The Facility Fees and the LC Fee payable hereunder and interest on Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the actual number of days elapsed.

(b) Interest on Base Rate Advances and Swing Line Advances shall be computed on the basis of a 365-or 366-day year and paid for the actual number of days elapsed for so long as the Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate and on the basis of a 360-day year and paid for the actual number of days elapsed so long as the Base Rate is based on the Federal Funds Rate.

Section 2.16 Compensation, Additional Interest.

(a) If any Lender shall have determined that after the date hereof the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change in any existing or future law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any Authority, other than as described in subsection (b) of this Section 2.16, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and from time to time, within 15 days after demand by such Lender, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction; provided the Borrower shall have no liability hereunder for any amount allocable to a period earlier than 180 days before the date of such demand. If the Borrower is required to pay additional amounts to or for the account of the Lender pursuant to this Section 2.16, then such Lender will agree to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its applicable Lending Office so as to eliminate or reduce such additional payment amount which it may thereafter accrue, if such change, in the judgment of such Lender, is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

(b) The Borrower shall pay to each Lender within 15 days after demand by such Lender, so long as such Lender shall be required under regulations of the Board to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Advance for the Interest Period of such Advance, at an interest rate per annum equal at all times to the remainder obtained by subtracting (i) the Eurodollar Rate for the Interest Period for such Advance from (ii) the rate obtained by dividing such Eurodollar Rate by a percentage equal to 100% minus the

 

29


Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage for such Interest Period, payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Eurodollar Rate Advance; provided that Borrower shall have no liability hereunder for any amount allocable to an Interest Period ending earlier than 180 days before the date of the demand.

(c) Subject to Section 7.05(e), the provisions of this Section 2.16 shall be applicable with respect to any Participant or Assignee, and any calculations required by such provisions shall be based upon the circumstances of such Participant or Assignee.

Section 2.17 Taxes

(a) Any and all payments by the Borrower to or for the account of any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender and the Administrative Agent, (i) taxes imposed on its income and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender (or its applicable Lending Office) or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) is organized or any political division thereof, (ii) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (i) above and (iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender, any withholding tax that is in effect and would apply to amounts payable to such Foreign Lender (other than an Assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.23) at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent of any additional amounts to which such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive from the Borrower with respect to any withholding tax pursuant to this Section 2.17(a) (all such non-excluded taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings, and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “ Taxes ”). If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to any Lender or the Administrative Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.17) such Lender or the Administrative Agent receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions, (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law, and (iv) the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent, at its address referred to in Section 7.01, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

(b) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or from the execution or delivery of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

(c) The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and the Administrative Agent for the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.17) paid by such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) and any liability (including penalties, interest, and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto.

 

30


(d) Each Lender that is not a United States person under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (each, a “ Foreign Lender ”), on or prior to the date of its execution and delivery of this Agreement in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages hereof and on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender the case of each other Lender, and from time to time thereafter if requested in writing by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (but only so long as such Lender remains lawfully able to do so), shall provide the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with (i) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 BEN or W-8 ECI, as appropriate, or any successor form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, certifying that such Lender is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party which reduces to zero the rate of withholding tax on payments of interest or certifying that the income receivable pursuant to this Agreement is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, (ii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9, as appropriate, or any successor form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, and/or (iii) any other form or certificate required by any taxing authority (including any certificate required by Sections 871(h) and 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code), certifying that such Lender is entitled to an exemption from tax on payments pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

(e) For any period with respect to which a Lender has failed to provide the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the appropriate form pursuant to Section 2.17(d) (unless such failure is due to a change in treaty, law, or regulation occurring subsequent to the date on which a form originally was required to be provided), such Lender shall not be entitled to indemnification under Section 2.17(a) or 2.17(c) with respect to Taxes imposed by the United States; provided, however, that should a Lender, which is otherwise exempt from withholding tax, become subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form required hereunder, the Borrower shall take such steps as such Lender shall reasonably request to assist such Lender to recover such Taxes.

(f) If the Borrower is required to pay additional amounts to or for the account of any Lender pursuant to this Section 2.17, then such Lender will agree to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its applicable Lending Office so as to eliminate or reduce any such additional payment which may thereafter accrue if such change, in the judgment of such Lender, is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

(g) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Borrower hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Borrower contained in this Section 2.17 shall survive the repayment of the Advances and other obligations under the Loan Documents and the termination of the Commitment hereunder.

(h) If the Administrative Agent or any Lender receives a refund in respect of Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Borrower, which in the good faith judgment of the Administrative Agent or such Lender is allocable to such payment, it shall promptly pay such refund (together with any amounts received solely attributable to such refund) to the Borrower, net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any taxes to which such Lender has become subject as a result of its receipt

 

31


of such refund) of the Administrative Agent or such Lender incurred in obtaining such refund and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant governmental authority with respect to such refund); provided, however, that the Borrower agrees to promptly return such refund (plus all out-of-pocket expenses including any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant governmental authority) to the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, if it receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender that the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such governmental authority. Nothing contained in this Section 2.17(h) shall require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems to be confidential) to the Borrower or any other person.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, if the Internal Revenue Service determines that a Lender is participating in a conduit financing arrangement as defined in Section 7701(1) of the Code and the regulations thereunder (a “ Conduit Financing Arrangement ”), any taxes that the Borrower is required to withhold from payments to such Lender in excess of the amount of taxes the Borrower would otherwise be required to withhold if such Lender were not participating in a Conduit Financing Arrangement shall be excluded from the definition of “Taxes”. Each Lender represents that it is not participating in a Conduit Financing Arrangement with respect to the Advances as of the date hereof.

Section 2.18 Interest Rate Determination.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Lender shall notify the Borrower that the adoption of or any change in the interpretation or administration of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or any central bank or other governmental authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its Lending Office to perform its obligations hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate Advances, or to fund or maintain Eurodollar Rate Advances hereunder, (i) the obligation of such Lender to make or to Convert Advances into Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended until such Lender shall notify the Borrower that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist and (ii) the Borrower shall forthwith prepay in full all Eurodollar Rate Advances, together with interest thereon, unless (A) the Borrower, within five Business Days of notice from such Lender, converts all such Eurodollar Rate Advances then outstanding into Base Rate Advances in accordance with Section 2,19, or (B) the applicable Lender notifies the Borrower that the circumstances causing such prepayment no longer exist. Each Lender shall use its reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its Lending Office if the making of such change would avoid or eliminate such illegality and would not, in the judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

Section 2.19 Conversion of Advances.

(a) The Borrower may on any Business Day, upon notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of any proposed Conversion into Eurodollar Rate Advances and on the Business Day of any proposed Conversion into Base Rate Advances subject to the provisions of Section 2.18, Convert all Advances of one Type into Advances of another Type or Types or Advances of the same Type having the same or a new Interest Period; provided that no Advance shall be converted to a

 

32


Eurodollar Rate Advance if any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Each such notice of a Conversion shall, within the restrictions specified above, specify (i) the date of such Conversion, (ii) the Advances to be Converted and (iii) if such Conversion is into, or with respect to Eurodollar Rate Advances, the duration of the Interest Period for each such Advance.

(b) If the Borrower shall fail to select the Type of any Advance or the duration of any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Advance in accordance with the provisions contained in the definition of “Interest Period” and subsection (a) of this Section 2.19 or if any proposed Conversion of an Advance to a Eurodollar Rate Advance upon Conversion shall not occur as a result of the circumstances described in Section 2.18 or subsection (c) of this Section 2.19, such Advance will automatically, on the last day of the then-existing Interest Period therefor, Convert into a Base Rate Advance.

(c) Each notice of Conversion given pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 2.19 shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower. In the case of any Advance that is to be converted to a Eurodollar Rate Advance, the Borrower shall indemnify the Lenders against any loss, cost or expense incurred by the Lenders as a result of any failure to fulfill on the date specified for such Conversion the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, including, without limitation, any loss (excluding loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund such Eurodollar Rate Advance, upon such Conversion, when such Conversion, as a result of such failure, does not occur. The Borrower’s obligations under this subsection (c) shall survive the repayment of all other amounts owing to the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the termination of the Commitment.

(d) No more than 12 Types of Eurodollar Rate Advances may be outstanding at any time.

(e) References in this Section 2.19 to “Advances” and “Types of Advances” shall not include the Swing Line Advances.

Section 2.20 Set off. Each Lender may at any time upon or after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and without notice to the Borrower, set-off against the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement the whole or any portion or portions of any or all deposits and other sums credited by or due from such Lender to the Borrower or subject to withdrawal by the Borrower, whether or not any other Person or Persons could also withdraw money therefrom.

Section 2.21 Pro Rata Treatment. Except to the extent otherwise provided herein:

(a) Advances. Each payment or prepayment of principal of any Advance, and each payment of interest on the Advances, shall be allocated first to the payment or prepayment of principal of, or interest on, the Swing Lines Advances; and second, pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their outstanding Advances. Each payment of the Facility Fee and the LC Fee, each reduction of the Commitments and each conversion or extension of any Advance shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentages.

 

33


(b) Advances. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a Borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within the time period specified therefor hereunder, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon, for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent, at a rate equal to the Federal Funds Rate; provided, however, that if payment is not made within three Business Days of demand, interest shall accrue at the rate applicable at that time to the Advances made in connection with such Borrowing. If such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days of the date of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent also shall be entitled to recover, on demand, such amount with interest thereon, for the period until the Borrower makes such repayment amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent, at the rate applicable at that time to the Advances made in connection with such Borrowing. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amounts owing under this subsection shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

Section 2.22 Sharing of Payments. The Lenders agree among themselves that, in the event that any Lender shall obtain payment in respect of any Advance or any other obligation owing to such Lender under this Agreement through the exercise of a right of set-off, banker’s lien or counterclaim, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of Title 11 of the United States Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, in excess of its Pro Rata Share of such payment as provided for in this Agreement, such Lender shall promptly purchase from the other Lenders a Participation Interest in such Advances and other obligations in such amounts, and make such other adjustments from time to time, as shall be equitable to the end that all Lenders share such payment in accordance with their respective ratable shares as provided for in this Agreement. The Lenders further agree among themselves that if payment to a Lender obtained by such Lender through the exercise of a right of set-off, banker’s lien, counterclaim or other event as aforesaid shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored, each Lender which shall have shared the benefit of such payment shall, by repurchase of a Participation Interest theretofore sold, return its share of that benefit (together with its share of any accrued interest payable with respect thereto) to each Lender whose payment shall have been rescinded or otherwise restored. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing such a Participation Interest may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all rights of payment, including set-off, banker’s lien or counterclaim, with respect to such Participation Interest as fully as if such Lender were a holder of such Advance or other obligation in the amount of such Participation Interest. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, if any Lender or the Administrative Agent shall fail to remit to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender an amount payable by such Lender or the Administrative Agent to the Administrative Agent or such other Lender pursuant to this Agreement on the date when such amount is due, such payments shall be made together with interest thereon for each date from the date such amount is due until the date such amount is paid

 

34


to the Administrative Agent or such other Lender at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. If under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, any Lender receives a secured claim in lieu of a set-off to which this Section 2.22 applies, such Lender shall, to the extent practicable, exercise its rights in respect of such secured claim in a manner consistent with the rights of the Lenders under this Section 2.22 to share in the benefits of any recovery on such secured claim.

Section 2.23 Substitution of Lenders. Upon the receipt by the Borrower from any Lender (an “Affected Lender” ) of a claim under Sections 2.16, 2.17 or notice of illegality under Section 2.18 or if any Lender (a “Defaulting Lender” ) defaults in its obligation to fund Advances hereunder, the Borrower may: (a) request one or more of the other Lenders to acquire and assume all or part of the Advances and Commitment of such Affected Lender or Defaulting Lender, as applicable; or (b) replace such Affected Lender or Defaulting Lender, as applicable, by designating an Eligible Assignee that is willing to acquire such Advances and assume such Commitment; provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any requirement of law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) the Borrower shall repay (or the replacement Lender shall purchase, at par) all Advances, accrued interest, fees and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender prior to the date of replacement, (iv) the Borrower shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 2.13 if any Eurodollar Rate Advance owing to such replaced Lender shall be prepaid (or purchased) other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, (v) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.05 (provided that the Borrower or replacement Lender shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee) and (vi) the Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to Sections 2.16 or 2.17, as the case may be, to the extent such additional amounts were incurred on or prior to the consummation of such replacement.

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS TO EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT

Section 3.01 Conditions Precedent to Initial Extension of Credit. The obligation of the Lenders to make Advances on the occasion of the initial Borrowing, of the Swing Line Bank to make the initial Swing Line Advance and of any LC issuing Bank to issue the first Letter of Credit is subject to the condition that, on or prior to the date of such first Extension of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall have received the following, each dated as of the same date (unless otherwise indicated), and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(a) this Agreement, duly executed by the Borrower, each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and acknowledged by the Parent;

(b) if requested by any Lender, a Note, payable to such Lender, duly completed and executed by the Borrower;

(c) all documents that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may reasonably request relating to the existence of the Borrower and the Parent, the corporate authority for and

 

35


the validity of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other matters relevant hereto, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, including without limitation a certificate of incumbency of each of the Borrower and the Parent, signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower and the Parent, certifying as to the names, true signatures and incumbency of the officer or officers authorized to execute and deliver the Loan Documents to which each is a party and certified copies of the following items: (i) the Support Agreement, the Financial Services Agreement and all notes and other instruments evidencing indebtedness under the Financial Services Agreement, (ii) the Borrower’s and the Parent’s Articles of Incorporation, (iii) the Borrower’s and the Parent’s Bylaws, (iv) certificates of the Secretary of State of Delaware as to the existence of the Borrower and the Parent as Delaware corporations, (v) the actions taken by the board of directors of the Borrower and the Parent authorizing the Borrower’s and the Parent’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which each is a party, and (vi) all governmental approvals (if any) required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents by the Borrower and the Parent;

(d) an opinion of George Patrick, General Counsel to the Borrower and the Parent, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto;

(e) an opinion of King & Spalding LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit G hereto;

(f) payment of all fees required to be received in connection with this Agreement on or prior to the date of such first Extension of Credit; and

(g) such other documents, approvals, and opinions as may be mutually agreed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Section 3.02 Conditions to All Extensions of Credit. The obligation of the Lenders to make Advances on the occasion of each Borrowing, of the Swing Line Bank to make each Swing Line Advance and of each LC Issuing Bank to issue, extend or increase the stated amount of Letters of Credit, including the first Extension of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions (provided that a Conversion shall not constitute a “Borrowing” or “Extension of Credit” for the purposes of this Section):

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing, Notice of Swing Line Borrowing or Request for Issuance, as applicable;

(b) all representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article IV of this Agreement (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.04 and Section 4.05(b)) shall be true in all material respects as if made on and as of the date of such Extension of Credit (other than with respect to any representation and warranty that expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date);

(c) immediately prior to and immediately after such Extension of Credit, no Default or Event of Default under this Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

36


(d) immediately after such Extension of Credit, the Outstanding Credits will not exceed the aggregate Commitment.

The making of each Extension of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date of such Extension of Credit that the conditions specified in subsections (b), (c) and (d) above have been satisfied.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants that:

Section 4.01 Corporate Existence and Status. Each of the Borrower, the Parent and each Subsidiary of the Parent has been duly organized, is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, as the case may be, and is duly qualified to transact business in every jurisdiction where, by the nature of its business, such qualification is necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change. Each of the Borrower, the Parent and each Subsidiary of the Parent has all corporate power and authority to own or lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

Section 4.02 Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and the Parent of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or the Parent is a party (i) are within the Borrower’s and the Parent’s respective corporate powers and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or the Parent is a party constitute valid and binding agreements of the Borrower and the Parent, as the case may be, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, and the Notes, if and when executed and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except, in each case, as the enforceability hereof and thereof may be affected by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws applicable to creditors’ rights or the collection of debtors’ obligations generally and equitable principles of general applicability.

Section 4.03 Non-Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and the Parent of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or the Parent is a party (i) do not contravene or constitute a default under any provision of the articles of incorporation or by-laws (or other analogous formation documents) of the Borrower or the Parent, or of any material contract, agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or the Parent, (ii) do not contravene or violate any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Borrower or the Parent, and (iii) do not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower, the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent (other than Liens, if any, created under the Loan Documents).

Section 4.04 Litigation. There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened actions or proceedings (including, without limitation, any Environmental Proceedings) affecting the Borrower, the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator, that, individually or in the aggregate, are likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

37


Section 4.05 Financial Information.

(a) The consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2005, and the related statements of income and cash flows for the Fiscal Year then ended, reported on by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing (copies of which have been delivered to the Lenders), fairly present, in conformity with GAAP, the consolidated financial position of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, as of such date, and of their results of operations and cash flows for such period stated.

(b) Since December 31, 2005, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

Section 4.06 Approvals. Each of the Borrower, the Parent and each Subsidiary of the Parent has all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted, except where such failure to have such licenses, authorizations, consents or approvals is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and the Parent of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or the Parent is a party require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official or any other Person.

Section 4.07 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Advances and the Letters of Credit will be used by the Borrower for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Parent and its subsidiaries, including the Operating Utilities, including, without limitation, backstopping commercial paper and financing acquisitions (but not an acquisition of a Person that has not been approved by the board of directors (or comparable governing body) of the Person to be acquired).

Section 4.08 Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations. Each of Parent and the Borrower is either not an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act” ) or exempt from all provisions of the Act. Neither the Borrower, the Parent nor any Subsidiary of the Parent will apply the proceeds of any of the Advances, directly or indirectly, for the purpose, either immediate, incidental or ultimate, of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, except in compliance with Section 5.02(f).

Section 4.09 Compliance with Laws. Each of the Borrower, the Parent and each Subsidiary of the Parent is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and similar requirements of governmental authorities (including, without limitation, all Environmental Requirements), except where the failure to be in compliance is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

Section 4.10 Compliance with ERISA.

(a) Except as is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change, the Borrower, the Parent, each Significant Subsidiary of the Parent and each member of the Controlled Group of the foregoing have fulfilled their obligations under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan and are in compliance in all material respects with the

 

38


presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and have not incurred any liability to the PBGC (other than for current premiums, which have been paid when due) or a Plan under Title IV of ERISA (other than liabilities for benefits and administration and operational expenses incurred in the ordinary course of Plan operations). No Plan and, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no Multi-employer Plan, to which the Borrower, the Parent, any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent and/or each member of the Controlled Group of the foregoing contributes or has contributed, has an “accumulated funding deficiency” as defined in ERISA Section 302, using interest rates and other actuarial assumptions that would be applied should the Plan or such Multi-employer Plan, as applicable, terminate, the total of which accumulated funding deficiency for all such Plans and Multi-employer Plans is in the aggregate more than $15,000,000.

(b) All contributions (if any) that the Borrower, the Parent, any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or any member of the Controlled Group of the foregoing have been required to make to a Multi-employer Plan have been duly and timely made and neither Borrower, Parent, or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or any member of the Controlled Group of the foregoing has incurred any material liability with respect to any Multi-employer Plan other than to make contributions as and when due. Neither the Borrower, the Parent, any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent nor any member of the Controlled Group of the foregoing has incurred any Withdrawal Liability that has not been fully paid.

Section 4.11 Environmental Matters.

(a) Neither the Borrower, the Parent nor any Subsidiary of the Parent is subject to any Environmental Liability that, individually or in the aggregate, is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change, and neither the Borrower, the Parent nor any Subsidiary of the Parent has been designated as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or under any state statute similar to CERCLA with respect to any matter or matters which, individually or in the aggregate, are likely to result in a Material Adverse Change. None of the Properties of the Borrower, the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent has been identified on any former, current or proposed (i) National Priorities List under 40 C.F.R. §300, (ii) CERCLIS list or (iii) any list arising from a state statute similar to CERCLA relating to any matter or matters which, individually or in the aggregate, is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(b) No Hazardous Materials have been or are being used, produced, manufactured, processed, generated, stored, disposed of, managed or treated at, or shipped or transported to or from the Properties of the Borrower, the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent or are otherwise present at, on, in or under such Properties except for Hazardous Materials used, produced, manufactured, processed, generated, stored, disposed of and managed in the ordinary course of business in material compliance with all applicable Environmental Requirements and except as, individually or in the aggregate, is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(c) Neither the Borrower, the Parent nor any Subsidiary of the Parent has received any Environmental Notice regarding any of its respective Properties which is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

39


Section 4.12 Taxes. There have been filed on behalf of the Borrower, the Parent and each Subsidiary of the Parent all United States and Canadian federal, state, provincial and local income, excise, property and other material tax returns that are required to be filed by the Borrower, the Parent and such Subsidiary of the Parent, and all taxes shown to be due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Parent and such Subsidiary of the Parent have been, or within the times required by law will be, paid except (i) where the amount or validity thereof currently is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Borrower, the Parent or such Subsidiary of the Parent, as the case may be, or (ii) where failure to file or nonpayment is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

Section 4.13 No Defaults. Neither the Borrower, the Parent nor any Subsidiary of the Parent is in default under or with respect to any material agreement, instrument or undertaking (other than in respect of Debt) to which it is a party, or by which it or any of its properties is bound which is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Section 4.14 Ownership of Borrower and Operating Utilities. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Borrower, the Parent and the Subsidiaries of the Parent have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable. The Parent owns directly or indirectly (i) 100% of the Common Stock of the Borrower and (ii) at least 95% of the Common Stock of each Operating Utility, minus any such Common Stock disposed of in a transaction permitted under Section 5.02(j), in each case, free and clear of any Lien other than Liens permitted by Section 5.02(a).

Section 4.15 Ownership of Properties and Assets. Each of the Borrower, the Parent and each Significant Subsidiary of the Parent has title to its properties and assets sufficient for the conduct of its respective business, and none of such properties or assets is subject to any Lien except as permitted in Section 5.02(a) or as created by this Agreement.

Section 4.16 Full Disclosure. All written information (other than projections) heretofore furnished by the Borrower and the Parent to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement and the Loan Documents or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby is, and all such information hereafter furnished by the Borrower and the Parent to the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders will be, as of the date furnished, for the purposes for which such information is given and read together with all other previously provided information, does not or will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements are made and, in the case of projections, have been or will be based on estimates and assumptions believed by the Borrower and the Parent to be reasonable on the date as of which such information is stated or certified.

 

40


ARTICLE V

COVENANTS

Section 5.01 Affirmative Covenants. So long as any Advance shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Borrower agrees as follows:

(a) Parent Financial Reporting. The Borrower will cause the Parent to deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

 

  (i) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year (for purposes hereof, delivery of the Parent’s appropriately completed Annual Report on Form 10-K (which shall be deemed to be delivered when posted on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or any replacement website if the Administrative Agent shall have received notice thereof no later than five Business Days following such posting) will be sufficient in lieu of delivery of such consolidated financial statements), all reported on by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing, with such report to be free of “going concern” or similar exceptions and qualifications and free of any exception or qualification as to the scope of the audit;

 

  (ii) as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statement of income and cash flows for such Fiscal Quarter and for the portion of the Fiscal Year ended at the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding Fiscal Quarter and the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year (for purposes hereof, delivery of the Parent’s appropriately completed Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (which shall be deemed to be delivered when posted on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or any replacement website if the Administrative Agent shall have received notice thereof no later than five Business Days following such posting) will be sufficient in lieu of delivery of such consolidated financial statements), all certified (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) as to fairness of presentation in accordance with GAAP and consistency by a Financial Officer of the Parent; and

 

  (iii) no later than five Business Days following the delivery of each set of financial statements referred to in subsections (a)(i) and (a)(ii) of this Section 5.01, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Parent demonstrating and certifying compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 5.01 (i).

 

41


(b) Borrower Financial Reporting. The Borrower will deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

 

  (i) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all certified as to fairness of presentation in accordance with GAAP and consistency by a Financial Officer of the Borrower;

 

  (ii) as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statement of income and cash flows for such Fiscal Quarter and for the portion of the Fiscal Year ended at the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding Fiscal Quarter and the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all certified (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) as to fairness of presentation in accordance with GAAP and consistency by a Financial Officer of the Borrower; and

 

  (iii) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial statements referred to in subsections (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of this Section 5.01, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower stating whether, to the knowledge of such Financial Officer, any Default or Event of Default exists on the date of such certificate and, if any Default or Event of Default then exists, setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(c) Other Reporting Requirements. The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent to, deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

 

  (i) within five Business Days after a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or the Parent becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable, setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

  (ii)

as soon as possible, and in any event within 30 days after, (i) the Borrower, the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent has been served with legal process in litigation of such a nature that is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) the Borrower, the Parent or any

 

42


 

Subsidiary of the Parent becomes aware of any pending, threatened or anticipated proceeding by or before any federal, state or local governmental instrumentality, body or agency that the Borrower has determined is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change, notice of such litigation or proceeding, describing the factual basis alleged to underlie such litigation or proceeding and a brief statement of the proposed actions of the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable, in connection therewith;

 

  (iii) at any time after an Initial Public Offering, within five Business Days after the filing thereof, copies of all material reports (other than reports referred to in Section 5.01(a)(i) and (ii)) which the Borrower, the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent files with the SEC or any national securities exchange;

 

  (iv) if and when the Borrower, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or any member of a Controlled Group of the foregoing (i) gives or is required to give notice to the PBGC of any “reportable event” (as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) with respect to any Plan which might constitute grounds for a termination of such Plan under Title IV of ERISA, or knows that the plan administrator of any Plan has given or is required to give notice of any such reportable event, a copy of the notice of such reportable event given or required to be given to the PBGC, (ii) receives notice of Withdrawal Liability under Title IV of ERISA, a copy of such notice or (iii) receives notice from the PBGC under Title IV of ERISA of an intent to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, a copy of such notice;

 

  (v) simultaneously with the delivery of the certificate referred to in Section 5.01(a)(iii), if any Subsidiary has become or ceased to be a Significant Subsidiary, a revised Schedule II disclosing the Significant Subsidiaries as of the date of such certificate;

 

  (vi) prompt notice of any change in Significant Subsidiaries as a result of any acquisition or disposition;

 

  (vii) prompt notice of any proposed waiver, amendment, supplement or other modification of any term or condition of the Support Agreement; and

 

  (viii) from time to time such additional information regarding the business, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of the Borrower, the Parent or the Subsidiaries of the Parent as the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may reasonably request.

(d) Compliance with Laws and Contractual Obligations.

 

  (i) The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent and the Subsidiaries of the Parent to, comply with the requirements of all applicable laws (including, without limitation, ERISA and Environmental Requirements), rules, regulations and orders, the failure to comply with which is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

43


  (ii) The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent and the Subsidiaries of the Parent to, will comply with the requirements of all material contractual obligations (other than Debt), except (A) where the necessity of such compliance currently is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with, and to the extent required by, GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Borrower, the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent, as the case may be, or (B) where the failure to so comply is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(e) Payment of Taxes. The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent and each Significant Subsidiary of the Parent to, pay promptly when due all taxes, assessments, governmental charges, claims for labor, supplies, rent and other obligations (other than Debt) which, if unpaid, might become a Lien against the Properties of the Borrower, the Parent or such Significant Subsidiary, except (i) liabilities that are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with, and to the extent required by, GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Borrower, the Parent or such Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, or (ii) where nonpayment is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(f) Maintenance of Insurance. The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent and each Significant Subsidiary of the Parent to, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance on its Properties in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business as the Borrower, the Parent or such Significant Subsidiary of the Parent, as the case may be.

(g) Maintenance of Properties; Inspection of Property, Books and Records.

 

  (i) The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent and the Subsidiaries of the Parent to, maintain all of its Properties and assets in good condition, repair and working order, ordinary wear and tear excepted, in accordance with standards observed by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business and similarly situated as the Borrower, the Parent or such Subsidiaries of the Parent, as the case may be, except where the failure to so maintain its respective Properties and assets could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

  (ii)

The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent and each Significant Subsidiary of the Parent to, (A) keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its respective business and activities and (B) permit representatives of the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of

 

44


 

its Properties at reasonable business hours upon reasonable notice, to examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its respective officers, employees and independent public accountants.

(h) Maintenance of Existence. The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent and each Significant Subsidiary of the Parent to, maintain its corporate existence and carry on its business in substantially the same manner and in substantially the same fields as such business is now carried on and maintained, except (i) if permitted under Section 5.02(b) below or (ii) where the failure to so maintain its existence or carry on its business is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(i) Debt Capitalization. The Borrower will cause the Parent to maintain at the end of each Fiscal Quarter a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalization of not more than 0.70 to 1.0; provided that for the purposes of the calculation of this ratio, any non-cash effects reflected in the financial statements of the Parent resulting from the proposed Statement of Financial Accounting Standards dated March 31, 2006, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post Retirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(r) (as the same maybe amended or modified) will be excluded.

(j) RWE Obligations. The Borrower will terminate and repay all obligations owed pursuant to the $550 million revolving credit facility between RWE and the Borrower on or prior to the earlier to occur of (i) 30 days following the issuance of any commercial paper by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) June 30,2007.

Section 5.02 Negative Covenants. So long as any Advance shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Borrower agrees as follows:

(a) Restrictions on Liens. The Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent to, incur any Debt secured by any Lien, or suffer to exist any Lien, upon or with respect to their respective Properties or assets (including, without limitation, their capital stock), except:

 

  (i) Liens existing, or created pursuant to the terms of agreements existing, on the date hereof;

 

  (ii)

Liens consisting of (A) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure obligations under workmen’s compensation laws or similar legislation, (B) deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure or in lieu of surety, appeal or customs bonds to which the Borrower, the Parent or a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent is a party, (C) Liens created by or resulting from any litigation or legal proceeding which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, (D) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure performance in connection with bids, tenders or contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money) or (E)

 

45


 

materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due or currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted;

 

  (iii) Liens created to secure tax-exempt Debt, in connection with the financing or refinancing of the purchase, lease or construction of Properties or other assets;

 

  (iv) Any Lien on any asset of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or such asset is acquired by, the Borrower, the Parent or a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent and not created in contemplation of such event;

 

  (v) Liens created to secure sales of accounts receivable and other receivables;

 

  (vi) Licenses of intellectual property granted by the Borrower, the Parent or a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business;

 

  (vii) Liens of landlords arising under real property leases to the extent such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business and do not secure any past due obligation for the payment of money;

 

  (viii) Any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease permitted by this Agreement;

 

  (ix) Liens, securing indebtedness which has neither been assumed by the Borrower, the Parent or a Significant Subsidiary nor upon which it customarily pays interest charges, existing upon real property, or rights in or relating thereto, which real property or rights were acquired for right-of-way purposes;

 

  (x) Zoning laws and ordinances;

 

  (xi) Capitalized Leases;

 

  (xii) Easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, conditions and other similar encumbrances, minor defects or irregularities of title, and alleys, streets and highways, which in the aggregate do not materially impair the usefulness of the mortgaged property in the present business of the Borrower, the Parent or Significant Subsidiary;

 

  (xiii) Leases of the Properties of the Borrower, Parent or a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, (A) interfere in any material respect with the ordinary course of business or (B) materially impair the value of the property subject thereto;

 

46


  (xiv) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Borrower, Parent or a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of the Borrower, Parent or such Significant Subsidiary of the Parent;

 

  (xv) Bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and cash equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by the Borrower, Parent or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that, unless such Liens are non-consensual and arise by operation of law, in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Debt;

 

  (xvi) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent and which may subsequently be paid without interest or penalties and Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which reserves have been established to the extent required by GAAP;

 

  (xvii) Any Lien (not otherwise permitted hereunder) on any asset of the Borrower or Parent securing Debt not exceeding in the aggregate $10,000,000 outstanding at any time;

 

  (xviii) Any Lien (not otherwise permitted hereunder) on any asset of any Significant Subsidiary securing Debt not exceeding in the aggregate $100,000,000 outstanding at any time;

 

  (xix) Liens created for the sole purpose of refinancing, extending, renewing or replacing in whole or in part Debt or other obligations secured by any Lien, mortgage or security interest referred to in the foregoing subsections (i) through (x); provided, however, that the principal amount of Debt or obligations secured thereby shall not exceed the principal amount of Debt or obligations so secured at the time of such extension, renewal or replacement and that such extension, renewal or replacement, as the case may be, shall be limited to all or a part of the Property or assets that secured the Lien or mortgage so extended, renewed or replaced (and any improvements on such Property or assets); and

 

  (xx) Liens created under this Agreement.

 

47


(b) Consolidations; Mergers; Etc. The Borrower, the Parent and the Significant Subsidiaries of the Parent shall not consolidate or merge with or into, or sell, lease or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of the assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any other Person, provided that (i) the Parent may merge with another Person if (A) the Parent is the Person surviving such merger and (B) immediately after giving effect to such merger, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) any Subsidiary may merge with, or sell or otherwise transfer all or a significant portion of its assets to, the Parent or any other Subsidiary of the Parent, if immediately after giving effect to such merger, sale or transfer, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(c) Dividends and Distributions. The Borrower shall not declare or pay any dividends upon any of its Common Stock, or purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of its Common Stock, or make any distribution of cash, property or assets among the holder of shares of its Common Stock, or make any change in its capital structure, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur, either before or after giving effect to any of the foregoing.

(d) Loans or Advances; Investments. The Borrower shall not make loans or advances to, or Investments in, any Person, except for (i) Permitted Investments and (ii) Investments in the form of Permitted Swap Agreements and (iii) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, loans or advances to, or Investments in, Parent and its subsidiaries, including the Operating Utilities pursuant to the terms of a Financial Services Agreement.

(e) Transactions with Affiliates. Neither the Borrower, the Parent nor any Subsidiary of the Parent shall enter into any transaction with any of its Affiliates (other than Parent or Subsidiaries of the Parent provided that the Parent owns directly or indirectly at least 95% of the Common Stock of such Subsidiary), unless such transaction is on terms not materially less favorable to the Borrower, the Parent or any such Subsidiary than if the transaction had been negotiated in good faith on an arm’s length basis with a non-Affiliate, provided that the foregoing shall not restrict (i) director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans) and indemnification arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (ii) transactions pursuant to the $550 million revolving credit facility between RWE and the Borrower, (iii) transactions pursuant to the Support Agreement and (iv) transactions and arrangements in connection with any Initial Public Offering or subsequent disposition by RWE or any of its Affiliates of Common Stock of Parent or of any Person that owns 100% of the Common Stock of Parent (including with respect to allocations of assets and liabilities, transition services and other separation matters, indemnification, registration rights and expense reimbursement) that are (A) customary in similar transactions and approved by the board of directors of Parent or (B) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

(f) Use of Proceeds. The Borrower shall not use any portion of the proceeds of any Advance (i) directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of the Regulations of the Board, including the Margin Regulations, or (ii) for any purpose in violation of any other applicable law, rule or regulation. The proceeds of the Advances will be used solely for the purposes specified in Section 4.07.

 

48


(g) Support Agreement. Subject to Section 7.04(viii), the Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit the Parent to: (i) cancel or terminate the Support Agreement or (ii) amend or otherwise modify the terms of the Support Agreement, except for amendments and modifications that do not adversely affect the rights of the Lenders hereunder, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

(h) Debt. The Borrower shall not cause or permit the Parent to incur Funded Debt in excess of $150,000,000 at any one time outstanding, other than (i) Debt owed to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Parent, (ii) Debt under this Agreement and (iii) Debt outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 5.02(h), and refinancings, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof.

(i) Change in Nature of Business. The Borrower shall not engage in any business, operations or activities (whether directly, through a joint venture, in connection with a permitted acquisition or otherwise) other than financing activities for and on behalf of the Parent and the other Subsidiaries of the Parent.

(j) Asset Sales. The Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets, or grant any option or other right to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any assets to any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Parent that is at least 95%-owned by the Parent, except (i) sales in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) sales, leases, transfers or dispositions of assets that in the aggregate (from the date hereof to and including the Termination Date) do not exceed $1,000,000,000, (iii) sales, leases, transfers or dispositions of assets described in Schedule 5.02(j) and (iv) other sales, leases, transfers or dispositions of assets in exchange for cash in an amount at least equal to the fair market value of such asset; provided that, in the case of this clause (iv) only, to the extent an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds thereof is not used within 365 days after receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to acquire (or make capital expenditures to finance the acquisition, repair, improvement or construction of), to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder, assets useful in the business of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, the amount not so used during such period shall (x) to the extent the exception in clause (ii) above is available, be deemed to utilize such exception as of the last day of such 365-day period (such day being, with respect to such asset disposition, the “Mandatory Commitment Reduction Date” ) and (y) otherwise, be deemed to be the “Mandatory Commitment Reduction Amount” as of such Mandatory Commitment Reduction Date for purposes of Section 2.10(b).

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS

Section 6.01 Events of Default. If one or more of the following events ( “Events of Default” ) shall have occurred and be continuing:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay (i) any principal of any Advance on the date such payment is due, or (ii) interest on any Advance or any fee or other amount payable hereunder, within three Business Days of the date such payment is due; or

 

49


(b) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform (or shall fail to cause the Parent and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to observe or perform) any covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.01(c)(i), 5.0l(h), 5.01(i), 5.01(j) or 5.02; or

(c) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform (or shall fail to cause the Parent and its Subsidiaries, as applicable to observe or perform) any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those covered by subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 6.01) for 30 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or any Lender; or

(d) any representation, warranty, certification or statement made or deemed made by the Borrower in Article IV of this Agreement or by the Borrower or the Parent under any other Loan Document or in any certificate, financial statement or other document delivered pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made (or deemed made); or

(e) the Borrower, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any Debt (excluding Debt evidenced by this Agreement but including, for purposes of this provision, obligations of the Parent under Section 4 of the Support Agreement) thereof in the aggregate in excess of (i) $10,000,000, in the case of the Borrower, (ii) $25,000,000, in the case of the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary other than the Borrower or (iii) $50,000,000, in the aggregate, in the case of all of the Significant Subsidiaries of the Parent, when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Debt; or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist (other than, until no later than October 31, 2006, any Specified Default) under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt; or any such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), prior to the stated maturity thereof; or

(f) the Parent shall default in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition under Section 3 of the Support Agreement as of the last day of any Fiscal Year or Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower; provided, however, that any such default shall not be an Event of Default unless the Borrower has tangible net worth (total assets less liabilities less intangible assets as of such last day), as determined for purposes of the Support Agreement and after giving effect to period-end adjustments in accordance with GAAP, of less than negative $10,000; or

(g) the Borrower, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of

creditors, or shall fail generally, or shall admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing; or

 

50


(h) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Borrower, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or an order for relief shall be entered against the Borrower, the Parent or any such Significant Subsidiary under the federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect; or

(i) one or more judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (to the extent not paid or insured) in excess of (i) $10,000,000, in the case of the Borrower, (ii) $25,000,000, in the case of the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary other than the Borrower or (iii) $50,000,000, in the aggregate, in the case of all of the Significant Subsidiaries of the Parent, shall be rendered against the Borrower, the Parent or any such Significant Subsidiary, and such judgments or orders shall continue unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 30 days; or

(j) the Borrower, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent, or any member of the Controlled Group of the foregoing shall fail to pay when due any amount, in excess of $15,000,000, which it shall have become liable to pay to the PBGC or to a Plan or Multi-employer Plan under Title IV of ERISA; or the PBGC shall institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate or to cause a trustee to be appointed to administer any such Plan or Multi-employer Plan or a proceeding shall be instituted by a fiduciary of any such Plan or Multi-employer Plan to enforce Section 515 or 4219(c)(5) of ERISA and such proceeding shall not have been dismissed within 30 days thereafter; or a condition shall exist by reason of which the PBGC would be entitled to obtain a decree adjudicating that any such Plan or Multi-employer Plan must be terminated; or the Borrower, the Parent or any such Significant Subsidiary, or any member of the Controlled Group of the foregoing shall incur any Withdrawal Liability in the aggregate in excess of $15,000,000, with respect to one or more Multi-employer Plans; or

(k) any material provision of the Support Agreement shall become unenforceable, or any court or governmental or regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Parent, shall assert the unenforceability of any such provision in writing, or the Parent contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any such provision; or

(1) a Change of Control shall occur; or

(m) the Parent shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Common Stock of the Borrower;

then, and in every such event, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may (or shall at the request of the Required Lenders) (i) by notice to the Borrower terminate the Commitment and it shall thereupon terminate, and (ii) by notice to the Borrower declare the Advances

 

51


(together with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to be, and the Advances (together with all accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall thereupon become, immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; provided that if any Event of Default specified in subsection (g) or (h) of this Section 6.01 occurs with respect to the Borrower or the Parent, without any notice to the Borrower or any other act by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Commitment shall thereupon automatically terminate and the Advances (together with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall automatically become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

Section 6.02 Cash Collateral Account. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no notice given or declaration made by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01 shall affect the obligation of any LC Issuing Bank to make any payment under any Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms of such Letter of Credit; provided, however, that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Required Lenders, upon notice to the Borrower, require the Borrower to deposit with the Administrative Agent an amount in the cash collateral account (the “Cash Collateral Account” ) described below equal to the aggregate maximum amount available to be drawn under all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time. Such Cash Collateral Account shall at all times be free and clear of all rights or claims of third parties. The Cash Collateral Account shall be maintained with the Administrative Agent in the name of, and under the sole dominion and control of, the Administrative Agent, and amounts deposited in the Cash Collateral Account shall bear interest at a rate equal to the rate generally offered by the Administrative Agent for deposits equal to the amount deposited by the Borrower in the Cash Collateral Account, for a term to be determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the LC Issuing Banks a Lien on, and hereby assigns to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the LC Issuing Banks all of its right, title and interest in, the Cash Collateral Account and all funds from time to time on deposit therein to secure its reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit. If any drawings then outstanding or thereafter made are not reimbursed in full immediately upon demand or, in the case of subsequent drawings, upon being made, then, in any such event, the Administrative Agent may, and, upon the Borrower’s request, shall, apply the amounts then on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account, in such priority as the Administrative Agent shall elect, toward the payment in full of any or all of the Borrower’s obligations hereunder as and when such obligations shall become due and payable. Upon the earlier to occur of (a) payment in full, after the termination of the Letters of Credit, of all such obligations and (b) the date on which all Events of Default shall have been cured or waived, the Administrative Agent will repay and reassign to the Borrower any cash then on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account, and the Lien of the Administrative Agent on the Cash Collateral Account and the funds therein shall automatically terminate.

 

52


ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01 Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including electronic transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to such party at its address, or telecopy number or other electronic transmission set forth, in the case of the Borrower and the Parent, on the signature pages hereto, and, in the case of any other party, on Schedule I, or such other address or telecopy number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to each other party. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by telecopier, when such telecopy is transmitted to the telecopy number specified as provided in this Section and the appropriate confirmation is received, (ii) if given by e-mail, when transmitted to the email address specified in this Section and a written confirmation of such communication is given by some other method specified in this Section is also given, (iii) if given by mail, 72 hours after such communication is deposited in the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid, or (iv) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified as provided in this Section; provided that Notices of Borrowings to the Administrative Agent and Notices of Swing Line Borrowings to the Swing Line Bank under Article II shall not be effective until received.

Section 7.02 No Waivers. No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

Section 7.03 Expenses: Documentary Taxes; Indemnification.

(a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent) in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, any waiver or consent hereunder or thereunder or any amendment hereof or thereof or any Default hereunder or thereunder, and (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders, including fees and disbursements of counsel of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in connection with collection and other enforcement proceedings resulting from any Event of Default, including reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in enforcing this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Lenders against any transfer taxes, documentary taxes, assessments or charges made by any Authority by reason of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that no Assignee shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under this subsection (b) than the related transferor Lender would have been entitled to receive.

(c) Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Affiliate thereof and their respective directors, officers, employees and, agents from, and hold each of them harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, claims or damages to which any of

 

53


them may become subject, insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims or damages arise out of or result from or relate in any way to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including, without limitation, from any use by the Borrower of the proceeds of any extension of credit by any Lender hereunder or breach by the Borrower of this Agreement or any other Loan Document), and the Borrower shall reimburse the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Affiliate thereof and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, upon demand for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with any of the foregoing but excluding any such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses incurred by reason of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Person to be indemnified. Solely with respect to the Lenders, the indemnity provisions of this subsection (c) shall supersede and replace the indemnities provided to the Lenders by the Borrower in the Commitment Letter.

Section 7.04 Amendments, Waivers and Consents. (a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any of the terms hereof or thereof may be amended, changed, waived, discharged or terminated unless such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or termination is in writing and signed by the Required Lenders, the Borrower and the Parent; provided that no such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or termination shall without the consent of each Lender affected thereby:

 

  (i) extend the final maturity of any Advance, or any portion thereof,

 

  (ii) reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or fees hereunder;

 

  (iii) reduce or waive repayment of the principal amount of any Advance,

 

  (iv) extend the Commitment of a Lender or increase the Commitment of a Lender over the amount thereof in effect (it being understood and agreed that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or a mandatory reduction in the Commitments shall not constitute a change in the terms of any Commitment of any Lender),

 

  (v) release the Borrower from all its obligations under the Loan Documents,

 

  (vi) reduce any percentage specified in, or otherwise modify, the definition of “Required Lenders”,

 

  (vii) consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its respective rights and obligations under (or in respect of) the Loan Documents except as permitted thereby,

 

  (viii) terminate or otherwise cancel the Support Agreement, or

 

  (ix) amend or otherwise modify this Section 7.04.

 

54


(b) In connection with any proposed amendment, change or waiver (a “Proposed Change” ) requiring the consent of all Lenders or all affected Lenders, if the consent of the Required Lenders to such Proposed Change is obtained, but the consent to such Proposed Change of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in paragraph (a) of this Section being referred to as a “Non-Consenting Lender” ), then, so long as the Lender that is acting as Administrative Agent is not a Non-Consenting Lender, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Non-Consenting Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Non-Consenting Lender to assign and delegate (or to execute a Power of Attorney to the Administrative Agent for the Administrative Agent to assign and delegate on such Non-Consenting Lender’s behalf) without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 7.05), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and any relevant Issuing Bank), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Non-Consenting Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Advances and participations in Letter of Credit payments that have not been reimbursed, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) the Borrower or such assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 7.05(b)(iv). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the return of the Note held by any such Non-Consenting Lender is not a condition to the effectiveness of any assignment pursuant to this Section 7.04(b).

Section 7.05 Benefit of Agreement.

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto; provided that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its interests and obligations without prior written consent of each of the Lenders; provided further that the rights of each Lender to transfer, assign or grant participations in its rights and/or obligations hereunder shall be limited as set forth in this Section 7.05.

(b) Each Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Advances, its Notes, and its Commitment) ; provided, however, that:

 

  (i) each such assignment shall be to an Eligible Assignee;

 

  (ii) except in the case of an assignment to another Lender, an Affiliate of an existing Lender or any fund that invests in bank loans and is advised or managed by an investment advisor to an existing Lender or an assignment of all of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, any such partial assignment shall be in an amount at least equal to $10,000,000 (or, if less, the remaining amount of the Commitment being assigned by such Lender) or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof;

 

55


  (iii) each such assignment by a Lender of any portion of its Advances shall be accompanied by an assignment of a constant, and not varying, percentage of all of such Advances, and each such assignment by a Lender of any portion of its Advances shall be accompanied by an assignment of a constant, and not varying, percentage of all of such Lender’s Advances; and

 

  (iv) the parties to such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent for its acceptance an Assignment and Acceptance, together with any Note subject to such assignment and a processing fee of $3,500.

Upon execution, delivery, and acceptance of such Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of such assignment, have the obligations, rights, and benefits of a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall, to the extent of such assignment, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement. Upon the consummation of any assignment pursuant to this Section 7.05, the assignor, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall make appropriate arrangements so that, if required, new Notes are issued to the assignor and the assignee. If the assignee is not a United States person under Section 7701 (a)(30) of the Code, it shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent certification as to exemption from deduction or withholding of Taxes in accordance with Section 2.17. To the extent that an assignment of all or any portion of a Lender’s Commitment pursuant to this Section 7.05 would, at the time of such assignment, result in increased costs under Section 2.16 or Section 2.17 from those being charged by the respective assigning Lender prior to such assignment, then the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such increased costs (although the Borrower shall be obligated to pay any other increased costs of the type described above resulting from changes after the date of the respective assignment).

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain at its address referred to in Section 7.01 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Advances owing to, each Lender from time to time (the “Register” ) . The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Any assignment of any Advance or other obligations shall be effective only upon an entry with respect thereto being made in the Register.

(d) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by the parties thereto, together with any Note subject to such assignment and payment of the processing fee, the Administrative Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been completed and is in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the parties thereto.

 

56


(e) Each Lender may sell participations to one or more Persons (each a “Participant” ) in all or a portion of its rights, obligations or rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment or its Advances); provided, however, that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participant shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 2.16 and 2.17 and the right of set-off contained in Section 2.20, and (iv) the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of the Borrower hereunder owing to such Lender and to approve any amendment, modification, or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications, or waivers decreasing the amount of principal of or the rate at which interest is payable on such Advances or Notes, extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for the payment of interest on such Advances or Notes, or extending its Commitment).

(f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.16 or 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, any Lender may at any time assign and pledge all or any portion of its Advances and its Notes to any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A and any Operating Circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment shall release the assigning Lender from its obligations hereunder.

(h) Any Lender may furnish any information concerning the Borrower in the possession of such Lender from time to time to assignees and participants (including prospective assignees and Participants), subject, however, to the provisions of Section 7.06 hereof.

Section 7.06 Confidentiality . The Administrative Agent and each Lender (each, a “Lending Party” ) agrees to keep confidential any information furnished or made available to it by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Parent pursuant to this Agreement; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Lending Party from disclosing such information (a) on a confidential basis to any other Lending Party or any Affiliate of any Lending Party, or any officer, director, employee, agent, or advisor of any Lending Party or Affiliate of any Lending Party, (b) on a confidential basis to any other Person if reasonably incidental to the administration of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (c) as required by any law, rule, or regulation, (d) upon the order of any court or administrative agency, (e) upon the request or demand of any regulatory agency or authority, (f) that is or becomes available to the public or that is or becomes available to any Lending Party other than as a result of a disclosure by any Lending Party prohibited by this Agreement, (g) in connection with any litigation to which such Lending Party or any of its Affiliates may be a party, (h) to the extent necessary in connection with the exercise of any remedy under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (i) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender, (j) to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in

 

57


Swap Agreements or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty (i) has been approved in writing by the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable, and (ii) agrees in a writing enforceable by the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable, to be bound by the provisions of this Section 7.06), and (k) subject to provisions substantially similar to those contained in this Section 7.06, to any actual or proposed Participant or assignee.

Section  7.07 Representation by Lender. Each Lender hereby represents that it is a commercial lender or financial institution which makes loans in the ordinary course of its business and that it will make its Advances hereunder for its own account in the ordinary course of such business; provided that, subject to Section 7.05 of this Agreement, the disposition of the Advances and the Notes held by such Lender shall at all times be within its exclusive control.

Section 7.08 Governing Law. This Agreement and the Notes shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

Section 7.09 Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) The Borrower (i) submits to personal jurisdiction in the State of New York, the courts thereof and the United States District Courts sitting in the City of New York, for the enforcement of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) waives any and all personal rights under the law of any jurisdiction to object on any basis (including, without limitation, inconvenience of forum) to jurisdiction or venue within New York City and the State of New York for the purpose of litigation to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing herein contained, however, shall prevent the Borrower or any Lender from bringing any action or exercising any rights within any other state or jurisdiction.

(b) THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE LENDERS AND THE BORROWER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), OR ACTIONS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE LENDERS, THE BORROWER OR THE PARENT. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 7.10 Interpretation. No provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be construed against or interpreted to the disadvantage of any party hereto by any court or other governmental or judicial authority by reason of such party having or being deemed to have structured or dictated such provision.

Section 7.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

Section  7.12 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and thereto in respect

 

58


of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and supersede all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements between such parties or any of them in respect of such transactions.

Section 7.13 USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act” ) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

ARTICLE VIII

AGENCY PROVISIONS

Section 8.01 Appointment. Each Lender hereby designates and appoints JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent of such Lender to act as specified herein and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated by the terms hereof and of the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere herein and in the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein and therein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or shall otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. The provisions of this Section are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor the Parent shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of the provisions hereof. In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall act solely as Administrative Agent of the Lenders and, does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of agency or trust with or for the Borrower, the Parent or any of their respective Affiliates.

Section 8.02 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

Section 8.03 Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent and its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall not be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection herewith or in connection with any of the other Loan Documents (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the Borrower or the Parent contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or in any certificate, report, document, financial

 

59


statement or other written or oral statement referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection herewith or in connection with the other Loan Documents, or enforceability or sufficiency therefor of any of the other Loan Documents, or for any failure of the Borrower or the Parent to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible to any Lender for the effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectibility or sufficiency of this Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or for any representations, warranties, recitals or statements made herein or therein or made by the Borrower or the Parent in any written or oral statement or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports, certificates or any other documents in connection herewith or therewith furnished or made by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders or by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Parent to the Administrative Agent or any Lender or be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants or agreements contained herein or therein or as to the use of the proceeds of the Advances or of the existence or possible existence of any Default or Event of Default or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Borrower, the Parent or any of their respective Affiliates.

Section 8.04 Reliance on Communications. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Borrower, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent with reasonable care). The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the Lenders as the owner of their respective interests hereunder for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 7.05 hereof. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or to the extent specifically provided in Section 7.04, all the Lenders) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders (including their successors and assigns).

Section 8.05 Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender, the Borrower or the Parent referring to the Loan Document, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders.

 

60


Section 8.06 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that each of the Administrative Agent and its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has not made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent or any affiliate thereof hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower, the Parent or any of their respective Affiliates, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, assets, operations, property, financial and other conditions, prospects and creditworthiness of the Borrower, the Parent or their respective Affiliates and made its own decision to make its Advances hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, assets, operations, property, financial and other conditions, prospects and creditworthiness of the Borrower, the Parent and their respective Affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, assets, property, financial or other conditions, prospects or creditworthiness of the Borrower, the Parent or their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

Section 8.07 Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such and each of its directors, officers, employees and agents (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Commitments (or if the Commitments have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of outstanding Advances of the Lenders), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time (including without limitation at any time following the final payment of all of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such. If any indemnity furnished to the Administrative Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, the Administrative Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished (which additional indemnity shall be furnished in accordance with the terms of this

 

61


Section 8.07). The agreements in this Section shall survive the repayment of the Advances, the expiry of all Letters of Credit, the repayment of all other obligations under the Loan Documents and the termination of the Commitments hereunder.

Section 8.08 Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity. The Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower, the Parent, their respective Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as though the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder. With respect to the Advances and all obligations of the Borrower and the Parent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Advance Agreement as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity.

Section 8.09 Successor Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower and may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Required Lenders, with any such resignation or removal to become effective only upon the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 8.09. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent. Such successor shall be subject to the approval of the Borrower, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that such approval shall not be necessary if at the time such successor is appointed there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default described in Section 6.01 (a), (g) or (h). If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent’s giving of notice of resignation or the Required Lenders’ removal of the retiring Administrative Agent, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be a Lender or shall be another commercial bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America or of any State thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $400,000,000. Such successor shall be subject to the approval of the Borrower, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that such approval shall not be necessary if at the time such successor is appointed there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a), (g) or (h). Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent, shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article VIII shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

Section 8.10 Other Agents. Neither Co-Lead Arranger nor any Lender identified as an “Agent” (other than the Administrative Agent) shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any other Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

 

62


ARTICLE IX

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Section 9.01 Parent. The Parent hereby acknowledges that (a) amounts owing by the Borrower under this Agreement will constitute “Debt” under the Support Agreement and (b) this Agreement contains representations and warranties and covenants that relate to the Parent and that a breach of any of those representations or warranties, or a failure by the Borrower to comply with such covenants, could result in an Event of Default under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the acknowledgement contained in this Section 9.01, each of the Administrative Agent, each LC Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Bank and each Lender acknowledges and agrees that it will have no recourse against the Parent under this Agreement, and the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, each LC Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Bank and each Lender against Parent shall be solely pursuant to and in accordance with the Support Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

63


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.

By:

 

/s/ James M. Kalinovich

Name:

  James M. Kalinovich

Title:

  Treasurer

Address for Notices:

1025 Laurel Oak Road

Voorhees, NJ 08043

Attention: Treasurer

Telecopy number: 856.566.4004

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


PARENT:
Acknowledged and agreed solely as to Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.
AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

By

 

/s/ James M. Kalinovich

Name:

  James M. Kalinovich

Title:

  Treasurer

Address for Notices:

1025 Laurel Oak Road

Voorhees, NJ 08043

Attention: Treasurer

Telecopy number: 856.566.4004

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent, as an LC Issuing Bank, and as a Lender

By

 

/s/ Peter M. Hayes

Name:

  Peter M. Hayes

Title:

  Vice President

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


CITIBANK, N.A.

as Syndication Agent and as a Lender

By  

/s/ Amit Vasani

Name:   Amit Vasani
Title:   Vice President

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


CITIZENS BANK OF PENNSYLVANIA
By  

/s/ Stephen E. Stambaugh

Name:   Stephen E. Stambaugh
Title:   Senior Vice President

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


CREDIT SUISSE, Cayman Islands Branch
By  

/s/ Sarah Wu

Name:   Sarah Wu
Title:   Director
By  

/s/ Nupur Kumar

Name:   Nupur Kumar
Title:   Associate

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


WILLIAM STREET COMMITMENT CORPORATION (Recourse only to assets of William Street Commitment Corporation)
By  

/s/ Mark Walton

Name:   Mark Walton
Title:   Assistant Vice President

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


MERRILL LYNCH BANK USA
By  

/s/ David Millett

Name:   David Millett
Title:   Vice President

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


MORGAN STANLEY BANK
By  

/s/ Daniel Twenge

Name:   Daniel Twenge
Title:  

Authorized Signatory

Morgan Stanley Bank

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC
By  

/s/ Richard L. Tavrow

Name:   Richard L. Tavrow
Title:  

Director

Banking Products Services, US

By  

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

Name:   Irja R. Otsa
Title:  

Associate Director

Banking Products Services, US

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


CoBank, ACB
By  

/s/ David Dornbirer

Name:   David Dornbirer
Title:   Vice President

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By  

/s/ Meredith Jermann

Name:   Meredith Jermann
Title:   Vice President

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


Schedule I - Schedule of Lenders

 

Name of Lender

   Commitment    Pro Rata
Percentage
(Expressed as a
decimal)
  

Domestic Lending Office

  

Eurodollar
Lending Office

JPMorgan Chase

Bank, N.A.

   $ 115,000,000    0.14375    JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. 
JPMorgan Loan Services
1111 Fannin Street, 10th Floor
Houston, TX 77002
Telecopy: 713-750-2666
   Same as Domestic Lending Office
Citibank, N.A.    $ 115,000,000    0.14375    Citibank, N.A.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, NY 10013
Telecopy: (646) 291-1865
   Citibank, N.A. 399 Park Avenue New York, NY 10043
Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania    $ 80,000,000    0.10000   

Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania
3025 Chemical Rd.
Suite 300

Plymouth Meeting, PA 19462
Telecopy: 610-941-4136

   Same as Domestic Lending Office
Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch    $ 80,000,000    0.10000   

Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands
Branch

11 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010
Telecopy: 212-743-2042

   Same as Domestic Lending Office

William Street

Commitment

Corporation

   $ 80,000,000    0.10000    William Street Commitment
Corporation
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
1 New York Plaza
New York, NY 10004
Telecopy: 212-256-4414
   Same as Domestic Lending Office
Merrill Lynch Bank USA    $ 80,000,000    0.10000   

Merrill Lynch Bank USA
15 West South Temple
Suite 300

Salt Lake City, Utah 84101
Telecopy: 801-531-7470

   Same as Domestic Lending Office
Morgan Stanley Bank    $ 80,000,000    0.10000    Morgan Stanley Bank
One Pierrepont Plaza, 7
th Floor
300 Cadman Plaza West
Brooklyn, NY 11201
Telecopy: 718-754-7249 / 7250
   Same as Domestic Lending Office


UBS Loan Finance LLC    $ 80,000,000    0.10000    UBS Loan Finance LLC
677 Washington Boulevard
Stamford Connecticut 06901
Telecopy: 203-719-3888
   Same as Domestic Lending Office
CoBANK, ACB    $ 50,000,000    0.06250    CoBANK ACB
5500 S. Quebec St.
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
Telecopy: 303-740-4021
   Same as Domestic Lending Office

PNC Bank,

National

Association

   $ 40,000,000    0.05000    PNC Bank, National Association
1600 Market St. F2-F070-22-2
Philadelphia, PA 19102
Telecopy: 215-585-6987
   Same as Domestic Lending Office
Total    $ 800,000,000         


SCHEDULE II

SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES

 

Entity

   Jurisdiction of
Organization
  

Owner(s)

   Ownership
Percentage
 

American Water Capital Corp.

   DE    American Water Works Company, Inc.    100

New Jersey-American Water Company, Inc.

   NJ    American Water Works Company, Inc.    100

Pennsylvania-American Water Company

   PA    American Water Works Company, Inc.    96.5

Illinois-American Water Company

   IL    American Water Works Company, Inc.    100

Missouri-American Water Company

   MO    American Water Works Company, Inc.    100


SCHEDULE 2.04(j)

LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

Applicant

   Issuers    Bank
Reference
   Date
Issued
   Beneficiary    Transaction
Type
   Currency    Amount    US $
Equivalent
   Expiration
Date
   Project
Liberty Water Company    PNC Bank    A-310400    06/01/1998    City of Elizabeth    Letter of Credit    USD$      10,000,000    10,000,000    07/31/2007   
Applied Water Management    PNC Bank    S-218771NJY    06/28/1999    Warren Township
Sewage
   Letter of Credit    USD$      250,000    250,000    05/30/2007    renewable for 1 year
                                 
                     10,250,000    10,250,000      
                                 
OMI/ Thames Water Stockton Inc.    Citizens Bank    S903731    08/14/2006    City of Stockton    Letter of Credit    USD$      1,750,000    1,750,000    10/31/2006   
OMI/ Thames Water Stockton Inc.    Citizens Bank    S902509    06/03/2005    City of Stockton    Letter of Credit    USD$      10,550,000    10,550,000    09/30/2006    Glen Elais
                                 
                     12,300,000    12,300,000      
                                 
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    T-225555    10/23/2002    Municipality of Niagara    Letter of Credit    C$      1,000,000    906,100    10/23/2006   
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    T-249914    07/01/2004    City of Hamilton    Letter of Credit    C$      100,000    90,610    07/01/2007    Bid LoC
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    T-220727    12/27/2001    City of London    Letter of Credit    C$      5,000,000    4,530,500    12/31/2011    Joint Boards
Contracts
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    T-221006    02/15/2002    Township of Oro-
Medonte
   Letter of Credit    C$      363,600    329,458    01/08/2007   
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    T-222566    04/02/2002    Fulton County Bd of
Commissioners
   Letter of Credit    USD$      5,000,000    5,000,000    03/01/2007   
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    T-224153    04/10/2002    The Regional
Municipality of Halton
   Letter of Credit    C$      250,000    226,525    01/08/2007   
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    T-225554    06/26/2002    Glen Angus Pumping Ltd    Letter of Credit    C$      420,000    380,562    12/09/2006    Markum PS
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    T-226022    07/01/2002    Independent Electric
Market Operator
   Letter of Credit    C$      423,149    383,415    12/31/2011    Joint Boards
Contracts
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    T-225604    07/19/2002    Ministry of the
Environment
   Letter of Credit    C$      210,000    190,281    05/14/2007   
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    T-237070    04/23/2003    Orange County    Letter of Credit    USD$      5,000    5,000    04/23/2007   
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    T-237737    06/17/2003    Waterbury    Letter of Credit    USD$      516,000    516,000    12/31/2007   
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    00332647    08/11/2003    City of Phoenix - CTCS-
628494
   Letter of Credit    USD$      20,000,000    20,000,000    08/11/2007    per Quarendon
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    P-243590    12/31/2003    Ontario Muni Employees
Retirement Sys.
   Letter of Credit    C$      121,000    109,638    12/31/2007    Hamilton Group
Pension
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    P-246297    03/23/2004    Zurich American
Insurance Company
   Letter of Credit    USD$      50,000    50,000    07/01/2007   
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    P-617124    12/13/2004    City of Hamilton    Letter of Credit    CAD$      500,000    453,050    12/31/2007   
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    P-617600    12/22/2004    City of Sioux City, Iowa    Letter of Credit    USD$      6,670,000    6,670,000    12/31/2007   
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    T-221040    01/14/2002    Village of Glenview    Letter of Credit    USD$      1,509,700    1,509,700    12/01/2012    yearly decrease in
face-
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    TPTS-643674    07/07/2005    City of Champaign    Letter of Credit    USD$      40,000    40,000    07/07/2007    .625% plus per
annum
AWK f/b/o AWS    JPMorgan Chase    TPTS-643679    07/07/2005    City of Urbana    Letter of Credit    USD$      20,000    20,000    07/07/2007   
                                 
                     42,198,449    41,410,839      
                                 


SCHEDULE 5.02(h)

EXISTING DEBT

 

     Int Rate     Maturity    Balance

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.

   6.87   03/29/2011    $ 148,770,000
   4.92   11/06/2006    $ 1,048,500,000
     09/30/2014    $ 25,000,000
   Auction      09/01/2018    $ 18,250,000
     03/15/2019    $ 17,950,000
     09/01/2028    $ 10,635,000
     07/01/2031    $ 16,700,000
     05/01/2032    $ 23,325,000
   5.65   06/12/2007    $ 170,000,000
   4   12/01/2008    $ 100,000,000
   6.05   12/01/2033    $ 35,000,000
   4.75   03/01/2014    $ 113,000,000
   5.8   03/01/2034    $ 10,000,000
   5.9   09/30/2034    $ 50,300,000
   5.41625   03/18/2015    $ 75,000,000
           

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. Total

        $ 1,862,430,000
           

AMERICAN WATER WORKS CO.

   4.92   11/06/2006    $ 150,000,000
           

AMERICAN WATER WORKS CO. Total

        $ 150,000,000
           

ARIZONA

   Auction      05/01/2015    $ 8,560,000
   7.122   08/15/2008    $ 4,821,000
   6.26   09/01/2012    $ 41,323
   7.18   08/01/2015    $ 81,342
   5.76   08/01/2013    $ 23,350
           

ARIZONA Total

      $ 13,527,015
           

CALIFORNIA

   9.71   06/01/2020    $ 7,520,000
   9.22   06/01/2021    $ 12,199,000
   6.76   12/01/2023    $ 10,027,000
     12/01/2033    $ 9,919,000
   7.33   05/01/2026    $ 10,616,000
   2.4175   07/01/2027    $ 1,965,956
           

CALIFORNIA Total

        $ 52,246,956
           

HAWAII

   7.61   12/31/2007    $ 9,558,000
           

HAWAII Total

        $ 9,558,000
           

ILLINOIS

   Auction      03/01/2032    $ 24,860,000
   9.22   12/01/2009    $ 3,466,900
   9.625   02/01/2019    $ 7,101,200
   5.15   08/01/2023    $ 5,880,000
   5   02/01/2028    $ 17,954,700
   5.1   06/01/2029    $ 31,234,000
   5.5   12/01/2026    $ 7,483,000
   9.87   12/01/2013    $ 3,256,249
   2.57   05/15/2024    $ 1,488,890
           

ILLINOIS Total

        $ 102,724,939
           


SCHEDULE 5.02(h)

EXISTING DEBT

 

     Int Rate     Maturity    Balance

INDIANA

   5.9   09/01/2022    $ 10,142,700
     06/01/2026    $ 8,904,000
   5   12/01/2008    $ 7,520,600
   7.3   03/01/2008    $ 2,537,000
   8.98   03/01/2010    $ 8,188,000
   7.38   09/01/2015    $ 13,673,000
   7.45   09/01/2015    $ 32,042,000
   5.35   09/01/2023    $ 8,050,000
   7.11   05/01/2024    $ 16,153,000
   7.8   07/01/2027    $ 11,073,000
   7.49   07/01/2007    $ 10,599,000
   6.845   07/01/2028    $ 19,132,000
   6.9   07/01/2009    $ 21,390,000
   6.99   01/01/2024    $ 9,274,000
   2.9   01/01/2021    $ 330,000
     07/01/2021    $ 832,000
           

INDIANA Total

        $ 179,840,300
           

IOWA

   7.26   01/01/2034    $ 5,437,000
   9.19   03/01/2031    $ 13,978,000
   7.86   06/01/2010    $ 3,327,000
   7.83   08/01/2026    $ 4,140,000
   6.59   06/01/2013    $ 2,152,000
   3.53   06/01/2021    $ 858,000
   3.84   06/01/2021    $ 424,000
           

IOWA Total

        $ 30,316,000
           

KENTUCKY

   6.99   06/01/2028    $ 9,191,000
   6.96   12/01/2023    $ 7,245,000
   7.15   02/01/2027    $ 7,787,000
           

KENTUCKY Total

        $ 24,223,000
           

LONG ISLAND

   8.46   12/01/2022    $ 9,651,700
   5.25   08/01/2027    $ 13,913,100
   4.9   10/01/2034    $ 16,000,000
           

LONG ISLAND Total

        $ 39,564,800
           

MARYLAND

   6.94   06/01/2029    $ 1,355,000
   7.84   09/01/2026    $ 1,120,000
           

MARYLAND Total

        $ 2,475,000
           

MISSOURI

   5.9   03/01/2030    $ 30,136,300
   5   02/01/2028    $ 4,511,300
     11/01/2028    $ 18,893,100
     03/01/2029    $ 40,211,000
   5.1   03/01/2028    $ 25,112,900
   5.5   01/01/2023    $ 5,131,000
     02/01/2023    $ 15,806,000


SCHEDULE 5.02(h)

EXISTING DEBT

 

     Int Rate     Maturity    Balance
     11/01/2026    $ 19,948,300
   7.79   06/01/2027    $ 8,845,000
   8.58   03/01/2025    $ 3,572,000
   7.14   03/01/2034    $ 12,658,000
   5.85   07/01/2026    $ 6,091,400
   5.2   04/01/2032    $ 15,390,500
   5.7   06/01/2025    $ 12,945,000
   7.5   05/01/2007    $ 15,522,000
           

MISSOURI Total

        $ 234,773,800
           

NEW JERSEY

   4.75   08/01/2021    $ 26,415,214
     08/01/2022    $ 8,222,656
   5.5   06/01/2023    $ 24,627,900
   5.35   06/01/2023    $ 15,274,700
   6   05/01/2036    $ 46,707,900
   5.25   11/01/2032    $ 20,630,500
     07/01/2038    $ 41,218,200
   9.25   05/01/2020    $ 2,427,000
   9.255   05/01/2010    $ 10,513,000
   10.06   03/01/2019    $ 25,415,000
   7.17   02/01/2024    $ 37,544,000
   6.875   11/01/2034    $ 67,620,200
   5.95   11/01/2029    $ 36,388,200
   5.375   05/01/2032    $ 62,093,700
   5.125   04/01/2022    $ 35,485,400
           

NEW JERSEY Total

        $ 460,583,570
           

NEW MEXICO

   6.35   01/01/2016    $ 174,035
           

NEW MEXICO Total

        $ 174,035
           

OHIO

   7.18   02/01/2027    $ 4,687,000
   6.95   04/01/2026    $ 5,142,000
   6.36   05/01/2008    $ 3,136,000
   7.95   02/01/2012    $ 4,758,000
           

OHIO Total

        $ 17,723,000
           

PENNSYLVANIA

   9.71   08/01/2019    $ 18,143,900
   5.1   09/01/2034    $ 30,000,000
   7.8   09/01/2026    $ 166,605,000
   5.25   12/31/2007    $ 10,000
   8.58   12/01/2007    $ 40,988,000
   6.78   11/01/2033    $ 37,781,000
   9.69   01/15/2021    $ 23,352,400
   9.35   03/31/2008    $ 13,329,000
   8.82   11/01/2031    $ 10,933,700
   8.51   11/01/2006    $ 1,197,600
   8.15   08/01/2025    $ 11,434,000
   7.08   11/01/2017    $ 36,018,000
   5.05   06/01/2029    $ 24,029,800


SCHEDULE 5.02(h)

EXISTING DEBT

 

     Int Rate     Maturity    Balance
   3.6   12/01/2032    $ 13,165,000
     01/01/2033    $ 80,000,000
   4.8   08/01/2034    $ 39,940,000
   4.95   09/01/2034    $ 19,000,000
   4.19   03/01/2009    $ 1,555,848
   3.45   03/01/2009    $ 1,264,637
   1   03/01/2009    $ 9,510,258
   3.25   03/01/2009    $ 166,864
   1.396   03/01/2009    $ 1,065,128
   1.453   03/01/2009    $ 3,172,565
   1.409   03/01/2009    $ 1,618,225
   1.619   03/01/2009    $ 11,766,627
   1.387   03/01/2009    $ 11,233,378
   1.305   03/01/2009    $ 2,803,422
   1.385   03/01/2009    $ 2,275,184
           

PENNSYLVANIA Total

        $ 612,359,536
           

TENNESSEE

   7.84   09/01/2026    $ 6,386,000
   9.25   12/01/2019    $ 2,903,300
   6.5   06/01/2008    $ 6,816,000
           

TENNESSEE Total

        $ 16,105,300
           

VIRGINIA

   Variable      12/09/2035    $ 5,000,000
   9.125   04/01/2021    $ 4,887,000
   7.03   11/01/2007    $ 3,154,000
   6.72   11/01/2028    $ 5,962,000
   7.92   02/01/2030    $ 2,589,000
           

VIRGINIA Total

        $ 21,592,000
           

WEST VIRGINIA

   6.87   12/01/2033    $ 11,289,000
   6.31   12/01/2008    $ 41,897,000
   6.81   12/01/2006    $ 11,000,000
   6.85   12/01/2012    $ 21,586,000
   7.19   03/01/2027    $ 7,312,000
   8.19   04/01/2025    $ 8,635,000
   9.06   11/01/2031    $ 16,852,000
   7.54   04/01/2026    $ 11,980,000
           

WEST VIRGINIA Total

        $ 130,551,000
           

Grand Total

        $ 3,960,768,252

CAPITAL LEASE

 

Capital Lease

   AWE       $ 259,450
   New Jersey       $ 1,048,414
   Tennessee    01/00/1900    $ 1,185,953


SCHEDULE 5.02(h)

EXISTING DEBT

 

     Int Rate    Maturity    Balance

Capital Lease Total

   $ 2,493,817


SCHEDULE 5.02(j)

PERMITTED DISPOSITIONS

Subsidiaries of Parent for sale:

 

  1. American Water Services Underground Infrastructure, Inc., (USA) EIN 76-0469163

 

  2. American Water Services Residuals Management, Inc., (USA) EIN 52-2062646

 

  3. Terratec Environmental, Ltd. (Canada) and Subsidiaries:

 

  a. Prism Berlie Ltd.

 

  b. Uniflo Ltd.

 

  i. Braemar Acres Ltd.


SCHEDULE 6.01(e)

SPECIFIED DEFAULT AGREEMENTS

 

1. American Water Capital Corp Debt Agreements

 

  a. The Auction Rate Bond Due 9/1/2018 - $18,250,000

 

  b. The Auction Rate Bond Due 3/15/2019 - $17,950,000

 

  c. The Auction Rate Bond Due 9/1/2028 - $10,635,000

 

  d. The Auction Rate Bond Due 7/1/2031 - $ 16,700,000

 

  e. The Auction Rate Bond Due 5/1/2032 - $23,325,000

 

2. Arizona-American Water Debt Agreements

 

  a. The 7.122% Mortgage Bond Due 8/15/2008 - $4,821,000

 

  b. The Auction Rate Bond Due 5/1/2015 - $8,560,000

 

3. California-American Water Debt Agreements

 

  a. The 9.71% Mortgage Bond Due 6/1/2020 - $7,520,000

 

  b. The 9.22% Mortgage Bond Due 6/1/2021 - $12,199,000

 

  c. The 6.76% Mortgage Bond Due 12/1/2023 - $10,027,000

 

  d. The 6.76% Mortgage Bond Due 12/1/2033 - $9,919,000

 

  e. The 7.33% Mortgage Bond Due 5/1/2026 - $10,616,000

 

4. Illinois-American Water Debt Agreements

 

  a. The Auction Rate Bond Due 3/1/2032 - $24,860,000

 

5. Indiana-American Water Debt Agreements

 

  a. The 7.3% Mortgage Bond Due 3/1/2008 - $2,537,000

 

  b. The 8.98% Mortgage Bond Due 3/1/2010 - $8,188,000

 

  c. The 7.38% Mortgage Bond Due 9/1/2015 - $13,673,000

 

  d. The 7.45% Mortgage Bond Due 9/1/2015 - $32,042,000

 

  e. The 7.11% Mortgage Bond Due 5/1/2024 - $16,153,000

 

  f. The 7.8% Mortgage Bond Due 7/1/2027 - $11,073,000

 

  g. The 7.49% Mortgage Bond Due 7/1/2007 - $10,599,000

 

  h. The 6.845% Mortgage Bond Due 7/1/2028 - $19,132,000

 

  i. The 6.9% Mortgage Bond Due 7/1/2009 - $21,390,000

 

  j. The 6.99% Mortgage Bond Due 1/1/2024 - $9,274,000

 

  k. The 2.9% Mortgage Bond Due 1/1/2021 - $330,000

 

  1. The 2.9% Mortgage Bond Due 7/1/2021 - $832,000

 

6. Missouri-American Water Debt Agreements

 

  a. The 7.79% Mortgage Bond Due 6/1/2027 - $8,845,000

 

  b. The 8.58% Mortgage Bond Due 3/1/2025 - $3,572,000

 

  c. The 7.14% Mortgage Bond Due 3/1/2034 - $12,658,000

 

  d. The 7.5% Mortgage Bond Due 5/1/2007 - $15,522,000


7. Ohio-American Water Debt Agreements

 

  a. The 7.18% Mortgage Bond Due 2/1/2027 - $4,687,000

 

  b. The 6.95% Mortgage Bond Due 4/1/2026 - $5,142,000

 

  c. The 6.36% Mortgage Bond Due 5/1/2008 - $3,136,000

 

  d. The 7.95% Mortgage Bond Due 2/1/2012 - $4,758,000


EXHIBIT A

(to the Credit Agreement)

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent [and Swing Line Bank] 1

for the Lenders party

to the Credit Agreement

referred to below

Attention: Bank Loan Syndications

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, American Water Capital Corp., refers to the Credit Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2006 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the undersigned, certain Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for said Lenders, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to [Section 2.02(b)] [Section 2.03(a)] of the Credit Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests a Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such Borrowing (the “ Proposed Borrowing ”) as required by [Section 2.02(a)] [Section 2.03(a)] of the Credit Agreement:

(i) The Business Day of the Proposed Borrowing is              , 20      .

(ii) The aggregate amount of the Proposed Borrowing is $              .

(iii) The Type of Advances comprising the Proposed Borrowing is [Base Rate Advances][Eurodollar Rate Advances]. 2

[(iv) The initial Interest Period for each Eurodollar Rate Advance made as part of the Proposed Borrowing is month[s].] 3

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed Borrowing:

(A) all representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article IV of the Credit Agreement (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.04 and 4.05(b)) are true in all material respects as if made on and as of the date

 

1 Include for Swing Line Borrowings.
2 Omit for Swing Line Borrowings.
3 The duration shall be subject to the provisions of the definition of “Interest Period” in Article I of the Credit Agreement.

 

A-1


of the Proposed Borrowing (other than with respect to any representation and warranty that expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date);

(B) immediately prior to and immediately after such Proposed Borrowing, no Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement will have occurred and be continuing; and

(C) immediately after such Proposed Borrowing, the Outstanding Credits will not exceed the aggregate Commitment.

 

Very truly yours,
AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.
By  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

A-2


EXHIBIT B

(to the Credit Agreement)

FORM OF REQUEST FOR ISSUANCE

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

for the Lenders party

to the Credit Agreement

referred to below

Attention: Bank Loan Syndications

[        ], as LC Issuing Bank

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, American Water Capital Corp., refers to the Credit Agreement, dated as of [    ], 2006 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the undersigned, certain Lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for said Lenders, and hereby gives you notice pursuant to Section 2.04(b) of the Credit Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests the [issuance] [extension] [modification] [amendment] [of Letter of Credit No.              , issued              (the “ Specified Letter of Credit ”)] of a Letter of Credit (the “ Specified Letter of Credit ”) in accordance with the following terms:

(i) the LC Issuing Bank is                      ;

(ii) the requested date of [issuance] [extension] [modification] [amendment] of the Specified Letter of Credit (which is a Business Day) is                      ;

(iii) the expiration date of the Specified Letter of Credit requested hereby is                      ; 1

(iv) the requested stated amount of the Specified Letter of Credit is                      ; 2

(v) the beneficiary of the Specified Letter of Credit is                      , with an address at                      ; and

(vi) the conditions under which a drawing may be made under the Specified Letter of Credit are as follows:                      ; and 3

 

1 Expiry date shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.04(b) of the Credit Agreement.
2 Must be minimum $1,000,000.

 

B-1


[(vii) the Specified Letter of Credit is to be [extended] [modified] [amended] as follows: ; and] 4

(      ) any other additional conditions are as follows:                              .

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the [issuance] [extension] [modification] [amendment] of the Specified Letter of Credit:

(A) all representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article IV of the Credit Agreement (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.04 and 4.05(b)) are true in all material respects;

(B) immediately prior to and immediately after such proposed [issuance] [extension] [modification] [amendment], no Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement will have occurred and be continuing; and

(C) immediately after such proposed [issuance] [extension] [modification] [amendment], the Outstanding Credits will not exceed the aggregate Commitment.

 

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.
By  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Consented to as of the date 5

first above written:

[NAME OF LETTER OF CREDIT BENEFICIARY]
By  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

3

Insert for an issuance of a new Letter of Credit.

4

Insert for an extension, modification or amendment.

5

Necessary only for a modification or amendment.

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

(to the Credit Agreement)

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of [        ], 2006 as amended or modified from time to time (the “ Credit Agreement ”, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among American Water Capital Corp. (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders named therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent for said Lenders.

The “Assignor” and the “Assignee” referred to on Schedule I hereto agree as follows:

The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, an interest in and to the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as of the date hereof equal to the percentage interest specified on Schedule 1 hereto of all outstanding rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement. After giving effect to such sale and assignment, the Assignee’s Commitment and the amount of the Advances owing to the Assignee will be as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.

The Assignor (i) represents and warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim; (ii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; and (iii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or the performance or observance by the Borrower of any of its obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto.

The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.05 thereof and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon me Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee; (iv) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; (v) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender; and (vi) attaches any U.S. Internal Revenue Service forms required under Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement.

 

C-1


Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance, it[, and the fee set forth in Section 7.05(b) of the Credit Agreement,] 1 will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent The effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance (the “ Effective Date ”) shall be the date of acceptance hereof by the Administrative Agent, unless otherwise specified on Schedule 1 hereto.

Upon such acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent, as of the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement.

Upon such acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent, from and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments under the Credit Agreement in respect of the interest assigned hereby (including, without limitation, all payments of principal, interest and commitment fees with respect thereto) to the Assignee. The Assignor and Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments under the Credit Agreement for periods prior to the Effective Date directly between themselves.

This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Acceptance by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Acceptance.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Assignor and the Assignee have caused Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Acceptance to be executed by their officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date specified thereon.

Accepted and Approved this

     day of              , 20     

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
By  

 

Approved this      day of              , 20     

 

1 Omit for assignments pursuant to Section 7.05(f).

 

C-2


[AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.
By  

 

Approved this      day of              ,20      ] 2

  

 

2 Insert if approval is required.

 

C-3


Schedule

to

Assignment and Acceptance

 

(i)

   Assignor’s Commitments prior to Assignment and Acceptance:    $                     

(ii)

   Amount of Commitment assigned by Assignor:    $                     

(iii)

   [Assignor’s remaining Commitment:    $                      ]

(iv)

   Percentage interest assigned by Assignor:                            %

(v)

   Assignee’s Commitment:    $                      (assigned hereunder)
      [$                      (original Commitment)]
      $                      (assigned hereunder)

(vi)

   Aggregate outstanding principal amount of Advances assigned by Assignor:    $                     

(vii)

   Effective Date:                            , 20     


[NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as Assignor
By  

 

Date:                  , 20     
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as Assignee
By  

 

Date:                  , 20     

Domestic Lending Office:

            [Address]

Eurodollar Lending Office:

            [Address]


EXHIBIT D

(to the Credit Agreement)

FORM OF NOTE

 

$U.S. [    ]    [    ], 2006

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to [LENDER] (the “ Lender ”) for the account of its applicable Lending Office on the Termination Date (each as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the principal sum of $[    ] or, if less, the aggregate principal amount of the Advances made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of          [    ], 2006 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, the Lenders named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for said Lenders.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance from the date of such Advance until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and payable at such times, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent, at                                  , into such account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time designate, in same day funds. Each Advance owing to the Lender by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and all payments made on account of principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this promissory note.

This promissory note is entitled to the benefits of the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement, among other things, (i) provides for the making of Advances by the Lender to the Borrower from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the Dollar amount first above mentioned, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from each such Advance being evidenced by this promissory note and the entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to Section 2.07 and (ii) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions therein specified.

 

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-1


ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

 

Amount of

Advance

 

Amount of Principal

Paid or Prepaid

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Notation

Made By

       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

(to the Credit Agreement)

FORM OF FINANCIAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of [INSERT DATE], by and between [INSERT NAME OF BORROWER] (the “Company”) and American Water Capital Corp. (“AWCC”).

B A C K G R O U N D

The Company currently performs its own financial services.

However, the Company has determined that it can obtain these services more efficiently through the consolidation of certain necessary management and staff functions with those performed for other entities that may enter into agreement with AWCC substantially similar to this one (“Co-Participants”).

AWCC is dedicated to performing such consolidated functions.

Accordingly, the parties have determined to enter into this Agreement for the provision of financial services by AWCC to the Company and for the proper determination and allocation of the costs of providing such services.

Therefore, the parties agree as follows:

A G R E E M E N T

1. Services . AWCC will provide, either directly or through arrangements with third parties for the benefit of the Company, such financial services as the Company and AWCC may from time to time agree, including but not limited to those more fully described in Appendix I attached to this Agreement.

2. Costs . In consideration of the provision of the services contemplated by paragraph 1, the Company agrees to pay AWCC a portion of the costs and appropriate overhead incurred by AWCC in providing those services, as follows. The costs incurred by AWCC in connection with its bank credit lines and short-term public borrowings will be divided among the Co-Participants in proportion to the maximum principal amount that each Co-Participant requests be made available to it during the course of a year. The costs incurred by AWCC in connection with each long-term borrowing by AWCC will be divided among each Co-Participant in proportion to the principal amount of that borrowing that is loaned to that Co-Participant. AWCC’s overhead will be allocated among the Co-Participants in the same proportion as each Co-Participant’s long-term and maximum, requested short-term borrowings and investments in a calendar year bear to all of the long and maximum short-term borrowings and investments by all Co-Participants during the same year.


3. Statements . AWCC will prepare and deliver to the Company monthly statements of the services provided by AWCC and amounts payable to AWCC, giving effect to all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall pay the net amount shown on its statement within thirty (30) days after the billing date.

4. Inspection . Upon reasonable notice, AWCC will make available to the Company for its inspection AWCC’s books, records, bills, accounts and any other documents which describe or support the costs allocated to the Company under this Agreement.

5. Obligations Not Joint . AWCC and the Company expressly agree: (a) that the obligations of the Company and each Co-Participant to AWCC are several and not joint; (b) that the Company will not be responsible to any Co-Participant, to AWCC or to any assignee or creditor of AWCC for any payment in excess of payments due by the Company to AWCC under this Agreement or a Note in the form attached to this Agreement; and (c) that no Co-Participant will be responsible to the Company, to any other Co-Participant, to AWCC or to any assignee or creditor of AWCC for any payment in excess of payments due by that Co-Participant to AWCC under any agreement substantially similar to this Agreement or under any Note attached to that other agreement. AWCC covenants and agrees that it will require, as a condition to its entering into any such other agreement with a Co-Participant, that such other agreement contains the same provision as that contained in the immediately preceding sentence.

6. Notes . The Company’s borrowings under this Agreement will be evidenced by one or more promissory notes in the form of Exhibit A or Exhibit B attached to this Agreement.

7. Non-Exclusivity . Nothing in this Agreement prohibits or restricts the Company from borrowing from third parties, or obtaining services described in this Agreement from third parties, whenever and on whatever terms it deems appropriate.

8. Effectiveness . This Agreement shall be effective as of , provided that, if prior approval by the regulatory commission of any jurisdiction is required before this Agreement may become effective as to the Company, or before AWCC may provide a particular service hereunder to the Company, this Agreement shall not be effective as to the Company or as to that service, as the case may be, unless and until the required approval has been obtained. Unless and until this Agreement becomes effective as to the Company in whole or in part, the Company shall not be entitled to the benefits of, nor shall it have any rights or duties under, this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended or rescinded only by written instrument signed by the Company and AWCC.

9. Termination . The Company may terminate its participation in this Agreement by giving ten (10) days prior written notice of such termination to AWCC; and (b) AWCC may terminate this Agreement by giving ninety (90) days prior written notice of such termination to the Company. Termination of this Agreement will not affect: (a) the Company’s obligations under any Promissory Notes; (b) any party’s obligations with respect to any amounts owing under Sections 2 and 3 of this Agreement (including such amounts attributable to obligations of any terminating party under any Promissory Notes that remain outstanding after this Agreement is terminated as to that party); or (c) AWCC’s obligations to repay any investments made by a Company pursuant to Appendix I.

 

-2-


10. Copies . This Agreement may be executed by the parties in one or more copies and each executed copy shall be considered an original.

In witness of the foregoing, each of the Company and AWCC has caused its respective corporate seal to be affixed to this Agreement and has caused this Agreement to be signed on its behalf by its duly authorized officers.

 

ATTEST:     [NAME OF COMPANY]
By:  

 

    By:  

 

  Title:       Name and Title:
ATTEST:     AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.
By:  

 

    By:  

 

  Title:       Name and Title:

 

-3-


APPENDIX I

DESCRIPTION OF FINANCIAL SERVICES

Set forth below is a list of the services which AWCC agrees to provide to the Company upon its request pursuant to the Agreement to which this Appendix is attached.

1. Short-Term Loans . AWCC will provide Short-Term Loans to the Company pursuant to the terms set forth in the promissory notes to be issued by the Company to AWCC, each substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A.

2. Long-Term Borrowings . AWCC will provide loans other than Short-Term Loans to the Company pursuant to the terms set forth in the promissory notes to be issued by the Company to AWCC, each substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

3. Cash Management . Cash not required by the Company to pay its daily disbursements or to pay when due the principal of and interest on, the Company's borrowings from AWCC other than Short-Term Loans will be used by AWCC first to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Company's Short-Term Loans owing to AWCC and any excess will be deemed to be invested with AWCC and will earn a daily rate of interest that is equal to the interest income earned by AWCC on those funds. Upon the request of that Company, AWCC shall execute one or more promissory notes in favor of the Company, in form and substance substantially similar to the Promissory Note attached as Exhibit A to the Agreement as evidence of such investment.


EXHIBIT F

(to the Credit Agreement)

FORM OF OPINION OF GENERAL COUNSEL

TO THE BORROWER AND THE PARENT

[COMPANY LETTERHEAD]

September 15, 2006

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Bank

270 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Each of the Lenders and LC Issuing Banks named in the

Credit Agreement referred to below

 

  Re: American Water Works Company, Inc.

American Water Capital Corp.

Credit Agreement dated as of September 15, 2006

Ladies and Gentlemen:

I am General Counsel of American Water Works Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ AWWC ”), and have acted as counsel for AWWC and American Water Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation ( “AWCC ” and, together with AWWC, the “ Opinion Parties ”), in connection with the Credit Agreement dated September 15, 2006 (the “ Credit Agreement ”). among AWCC, the Lenders identified therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and LC Issuing Bank. This opinion is being delivered to you pursuant to Section 3.01(d) of the Credit Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

In that connection, I have examined, caused the examination of, or am otherwise familiar with, originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to my satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as I have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion, including (i) the Credit Agreement, (ii) the Support Agreement, (iii) the Notes delivered pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement on the date hereof (such Notes, together with the Credit Agreement and the Support Agreement, being referred to as the “Loan Documents”), (iv) the restated certificate of incorporation of AWWC, (v) the by-laws of AWWC, (vi) resolutions of AWWC, (vii) the certificate of incorporation of AWCC, (viii) the by-laws of AWCC and (ix) resolutions of AWCC. I have also relied, with respect to certain factual matters, on the representations and warranties of the Opinion Parties contained in the Loan Documents and have assumed compliance by the Opinion Parties with the terms of the Loan Documents.


In rendering ray opinion, I have assumed (i) the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by all parties thereto other than the Opinion Parties, and (ii) that each party to the Loan Documents (other than the Opinion Parties) has the full power, authority and legal right to enter into and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents. Wherever the phrases “to my knowledge” or “known to me” are used in this opinion they refer to my actual knowledge and the actual knowledge of the attorneys employed by the Opinion Parties who work under my supervision and who were involved in the representation of the Opinion Parties in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement.

Based on the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications hereinafter set forth, I am of opinion as follows:

1. Based solely on a certificate from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, AWWC is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. AWWC has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Support Agreement and to perform its obligations thereunder.

2. Based solely on a certificate from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, AWCC is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. AWCC has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Credit Agreement and the Notes and to perform its obligations thereunder.

3. Each of the Opinion Parties is duly qualified to transact business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business requires such qualification, other than jurisdictions in which failure so to qualify is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

4. The Support Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by AWWC. The Credit Agreement and the Notes have been duly executed and delivered by AWCC.

5. To my knowledge, there is no pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding before any court or governmental agency or authority or arbitrator involving either Opinion Party that purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents.

6. No action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any United States Federal governmental authority, is required to be obtained or made by either Opinion Party in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by AWCC of the Credit Agreement or the Notes and the execution, delivery and performance by AWWC of the Support Agreement, other than those that have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect or as to which the failure to be made or obtained or to be in full force and effect is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

7. Each Opinion Party is either not an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Act ”) or is exempt from all provisions of the Act.

 

2


8. The execution and delivery by AWWC of the Support Agreement and the performance by AWWC of its obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of AWWC and do not violate the restated certificate of incorporation or the by-laws of AWWC.

9. The execution and delivery by AWCC of the Credit Agreement and the Notes and the performance by AWCC of its obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of AWCC and do not violate the certificate of incorporation or the by-laws of AWCC.

10. The execution and delivery by AWWC of the Credit Agreement and Notes and by AWWC of the Support Agreement, the performance by AWCC of its obligations under the Credit Agreement and Notes and the performance by AWWC of its obligations under the Support Agreement will not violate (a) any applicable law, rule or regulation of the United States of America or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (b) the provisions of any material agreement or contract binding on such Opinion Party and known to me (the “ Material Agreements ”) or (c) to my knowledge, any judgment, order or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality of the United States of America binding upon such Opinion Party. In connection with the foregoing, I point out that certain of the Material Agreements are or may be governed by laws other than the laws of the State of Pennsylvania. For purposes of the opinion expressed in this paragraph, my opinion is based solely upon my understanding, or the understanding of lawyers working under my supervision, of the plain language of such Material Agreements, and I do not express any opinion as to the validity, binding nature or enforceability of any such Material Agreement, and I do not assume any responsibility with respect to the effect on my opinion of any interpretation thereof inconsistent with such understanding. My opinion also does not extend to compliance by AWCC or AWWC with any financial ratio or limitation in any Material Agreement expressed as a dollar amount (or an amount expressed in another currency).

I understand that you are satisfying yourselves as to the status under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code and applicable state fraudulent conveyance laws of the obligations of AWCC and AWWC under the Loan Documents and I express no opinion thereon.

I am admitted to practice only in the State of Pennsylvania, and my opinion above is expressed with respect only to the Federal law of the United States of America and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

This opinion may be relied upon by King & Spalding LLP in connection with its opinion delivered on the date hereof under Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement.

This opinion is rendered only to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their permitted assigns under the Credit Agreement and is solely for their benefit in connection with the above transactions, provided that such permitted assign becomes a Lender on or prior to the 30th day after the date of this opinion. I am opining as to the matters herein only as of the date hereof, and, while you are authorized to deliver copies of this opinion to such permitted assigns

 

3


and they are permitted to rely on this opinion, the rights to do so do not imply any obligation on my part to update this opinion. This opinion may not be relied upon by any other person or for any other purpose, or used, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to for any other purpose.

 

Very truly yours,
By:  

 

Name: George Patrick
Title: General Counsel

 

4


EXHIBIT G

(to the Credit Agreement)

FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL

TO ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

September [    ], 2006

To JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative

Agent for the Lenders referred to below, and to the

Swingline Bank and each of the Lenders and

Issuing Banks parties to the Credit Agreement

referred to below

 

  Re: American Water Capital Corp.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement, dated as of September [    ], 2006 (the “ Credit Agreement ”, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among American Water Capital Corp. (the “ Borrower ”), certain Lenders from time to time parties thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lender, as Swingline Bank and as an LC Issuing Bank thereunder.

In this connection, we have examined the following documents:

1. a counterpart of the Credit Agreement, executed by the parties thereto, and

2. the Notes delivered on this date pursuant to Section 3.01(b) of the Credit Agreement (the “ Notes ”).

In our examination of the documents referred to above, we have assumed the authenticity of all such documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures, the due authority of the parties executing such documents and the conformity to the originals of all such documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed that you have independently evaluated, and are satisfied with, the creditworthiness of the Borrower and the business terms reflected in the Credit Agreement. We have relied, as to factual matters, on the documents we have examined. We note that we do not represent the Borrower or the Parent (the “ Opinion Parties ”) and, accordingly, are not privy to the nature or character of their businesses. Accordingly, we have assumed that each Opinion Party is subject only to statutes, rules, regulations, judgments, orders and other requirements of law of general applicability to corporations doing business in the State of New York.

 

G-1


To the extent that our opinions expressed below involve conclusions as to matters governed by law other than the law of the State of New York, we have relied upon the legal opinion delivered pursuant to Section 3.01(d) of the Credit Agreement (the Opinion Parties’ Opinion ) and have assumed without independent investigation the correctness of the matters set forth therein, our opinions expressed below being subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations of the Opinion Parties’ Opinion.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications set forth below, we are of the opinion that the Credit Agreement and the Notes are the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

Our opinion is subject to the following qualifications:

(a) The enforceability of the Borrower’s obligations under the Credit Agreement and the Notes are subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar law affecting creditors’ rights generally.

(b) The enforceability of the Borrower’s obligations under the Credit Agreement and the Notes are subject to the effect of general principles of equity, including (without limitation) concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). Such principles of equity are of general application, and, in applying such principles, a court, among other things, might not allow a contracting party to exercise remedies in respect of a default deemed immaterial, or might decline to order an obligor to perform covenants.

(c) We note further that, in addition to the application of equitable principles described above, courts have imposed an obligation on contracting parties to act reasonably and in good faith in the exercise of their contractual rights and remedies, and may also apply public policy considerations in limiting the right of parties seeking to obtain indemnification under circumstances where the conduct of such parties is determined to have constituted negligence.

(d) We express no opinion herein as to (i) the enforceability of Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, (ii) the enforceability of provisions purporting to grant to a party conclusive rights of determination, (iii) the availability of specific performance or other equitable remedies, (iv) the enforceability of rights to indemnity under federal or state securities laws, or (v) the enforceability of waivers by parties of their respective rights and remedies under law.

(e) Our opinions expressed above are limited to the law of the State of New York, and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law.

 

G-2


The foregoing opinion is solely for your benefit and may not be relied upon by any other person or entity, other than any Person that may become a Lender or Issuing Bank after the date hereof.

Very truly yours,

 

G-3

EXHIBIT 10.2

LOGO

2010 Annual Incentive Plan

Highlights Brochure

 


 

 

Table of Contents

  

THE 2010 AMERICAN WATER ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN

   1

Your Performance — Your Award

   1

Eligibility

   2

DETERMINING AIP AWARDS

   4

Step 1: Establish initial award pool based on overall corporate performance

   4

Step 2: Allocate overall corporate funding to organizational groups/ functional areas, and adjust specific organizational group/functional area funding to reflect results

   6

Step 3: Determine individual AIP award based on (a) individual performance, and (b) available organizational group/functional area funding; awards are paid from available organizational group/functional area award pool

   7

WHAT THE 2010 AIP MEANS FOR YOU

   8

Performance Ratings

   8

Award Payout Examples

   9

Receiving Your AIP Award

   11

FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

   12


American Water   1

 

 

THE 2010 AMERICAN WATER ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN

Your Performance — Your Award

At American Water, your performance counts. We rely on our employees’ knowledge and skills to help the Company achieve its business objectives.

The American Water 2010 Annual Incentive Plan (AIP) is designed to give eligible exempt employees an annual opportunity to earn a cash award that recognizes and rewards their contributions to the Company’s success. We continue to make adjustments to the AIP design to reinforce the link between Company and individual performance and award payouts. This means that Company and individual performance are both taken into account to determine cash awards under the plan. Keeping up our momentum in 2010:

 

 

We are continuing the funding approach that was used in 2009, which directly ties the amount of available cash for AIP payouts to Company performance against specific metrics. AIP funding for all eligible, exempt employees will depend on the Company’s achieving its financial and non-financial goals.

 

 

Your individual performance continues to play a large role in determining the amount of your payout . Employees who exceed their performance targets could receive higher payouts. Conversely, employees who under-perform and do not meet their performance targets could receive lower payouts or no payout at all. In short, your performance directly impacts the amount of your award.

The 2010 AIP is designed to challenge and motivate you to perform at your highest level, and promote the creation of value to the customer and shareholder. Read this brochure to learn about how the 2010 plan works and what it means for you.


American Water   2

 

 

The 2010 AIP
Elements of the Program

•  AIP award pool funding is based on overall corporate performance against specific financial and non-financial goals (represented by the Corporate Multiplier), then allocated across organizational groups/functional areas—at senior management’s discretion—depending on organizational group/functional area results.

 

•  AIP funding for all eligible exempt employees depends on the Company achieving its financial as well as non-financial goals.

 

•  A pre-determined financial threshold for Company performance must be met in order for funding and any award to be provided under the AIP.

 

•  Individual award payouts will be based on individual performance against specific goals (represented by the Individual Performance Factor) and paid from available organizational group/functional area funding.

 

•  For 2010, the Individual Performance Factor range is 0%-150% . Individual payouts will be capped at 150% of AIP target award.

    

•  Award opportunity (Target Award) is expressed as a percentage of base salary. (See Attachment B).

 

•  Actual payout may be lower or higher than target depending on Company and individual performance against specific goals.

 

•  Individual performance is assessed by your manager and measured against your pre-determined performance goals.

 

•  Your AIP will be distributed as a cash award in March.

 

•  You must be actively employed with American Water on the date awards are made to receive your 2010 AIP payout.

 

•  If you are disabled, retire, or die, you or your beneficiary may be eligible to receive an award prorated to reflect your service during the plan year.

 

•  If actual Company performance differs from forecasted Company performance, the American Water Board or its Designee has the right to adjust the award determination(s) and/or award payouts(s) prior to final approval.

Eligibility

 

 

You are eligible for an AIP award opportunity if you are a regular, full-time exempt employee of American Water.

 

   

Regular, full-time exempt employees who join American Water on or before September 30, 2010 are also eligible to participate in the AIP on a prorated basis.

 

   

Employees transferred from nonexempt to exempt status on or after September 30 th are not eligible in the current plan year.


American Water   3

 

 

 

You must be an active employee with American Water on the date the payout is made in order to receive the award. In certain circumstances, such as disability, retirement or death, an award may be made — prorated to reflect your service during the plan year.

 

 

If you are promoted during the plan year to a position with a higher AIP target level, or if you are reclassified/transferred to a position with a lower AIP target level, your award payout will be based on your new target level as of December 13, 2010.

 

 

If you transfer from exempt status to nonexempt status during the current plan year or your job was reclassified to nonexempt status, you are not eligible for a 2010 AIP award.

 

 

If your performance rating is “Unacceptable” or “Too Soon to Rate,” you will not receive a payout.

Why Is the Plan Based on Individual Performance?

Since the value (as reflected in our share price and our return to shareholders) and success of our business depend on the achievement of annual Company and individual performance goals, American Water recognizes the need to differentiate and reward the performance of employees who enable us to reach these goals. The 2010 AIP is designed to ensure that award payouts are directly tied to measurable contributions — both Company and individual — to American Water’s success.


American Water   4

 

 

DETERMINING AIP AWARDS

AIP award payouts depend on individual performance; they also depend on overall corporate performance and organizational group/functional area results (which determine award pool funding).

AIP awards will be determined according to the following three-step process:

 

Step 1:    Establish initial award pool based on overall corporate performance
Step 2:    Allocate overall corporate funding to organizational groups/functional areas, and adjust specific organizational group/functional area funding to reflect results
Step 3:    Determine AIP award based on individual performance; awards are paid from available organizational group/functional area funding

 

Step 1: Establish initial award pool based on overall corporate performance
Each year, American Water establishes funding for the AIP award pool. In 2010, the funding will be directly tied to Company performance and represented by the Corporate Multiplier. The Corporate Multiplier can range from 0% to 150% depending on how well the Company performed against the financial and non-financial goals described below. Note that a predetermined threshold for Company performance - 2010 Diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS) must be at least 85% of target - must be met in order for funding and any award to be provided under the AIP for Operating Cash Flow (20%) and Non-Financial Performance Factors (30%). 2010 Diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS) must be at least 90% of target for any EPS funding (50%) and award to be provided under the AIP.    LOGO


American Water   5

 

 

 

Financial Metrics (Weighted 70%) (See Attachment A)

 

   

Diluted Earnings Per Share (50%)  is a widely tracked measure of financial performance/profitability, and is calculated as follows:

Net Income to Common Stockholders

÷

Average Outstanding Shares (including dilutive securities such as

stock options)

=

Diluted Earnings per Share

 

   

Operating Cash Flow (GAAP) (20%)  reflects the amount of cash generated from our operations and is used as an additional measure of profitability. Operating cash flow is calculated as follows:

Net Income

+

Depreciation and Amortization

-

Deferred Expenses

+/-

Changes in Payables and Receivables

=

Operating Cash Flow

 

 

Non-Financial Metrics (Weighted 30%)*

 

   

Environmental Compliance Notices of Violation (NOVs) (7.5%)

 

   

Safety Performance (7.5%)

 

   

Customer Satisfaction Survey (7.5%)

 

   

Customer Service Quality Survey (7.5%)

 

* These outcomes are based on a combination of surveys, end-of-year results, data and other annual reports (see Attachment A at the back of this brochure).

Please note that AIP funding for all employees will depend on how well the Company achieves its financial goals as well as non-financial goals. A predetermined financial threshold for Company performance must be met in order for funding and any award to be provided under the AIP.


American Water   6

 

 

The financial and non-financial metrics are added together to determine the Corporate Multiplier. So, even if certain metrics are not achieved, the funding may be reduced, but not eliminated altogether. However, if the Company’s financial performance does not meet the threshold, the Corporate Multiplier will be reduced to zero, which would eliminate your award payout (as indicated in the examples on page 10). The Corporate Multiplier (and thus funding for payouts) may be adjusted to take into account “uncontrollable events” including — but not limited to — severe weather conditions that significantly impact financial results (i.e., hurricanes), impairment charges, dissolution or acquisition of businesses or costs related to public offerings.

Step 2: Allocate overall corporate funding to organizational groups/ functional areas, and adjust specific organizational group/functional area funding to reflect results

Once the overall corporate funding is determined as described under Step 1, senior management will allocate the Corporate funding to American Water’s organizational groups and functional areas. The funding for each organizational group/functional area may be increased or decreased, at senior management’s discretion, to reflect specific organizational group/functional area results.

Corporate funding is allocated to organizational groups/ functional areas; then organizational

group/functional area funding is adjusted, at senior management’s discretion, based on results

 

LOGO


American Water   7

 

 

Step 3: Determine individual AIP award based on (a) individual performance, and (b) available organizational group/functional area funding; awards are paid from available organizational group/functional area award pool

Your AIP target award (i.e., your award opportunity) is based on your job with the Company and is expressed as a percentage of your base salary. Your actual award payout may be higher or lower than target depending on whether individual and Company performance goals have been met, and your organizational group’s/functional area’s results. Contact your manager for information on your individual AIP Target Award.

Your individual performance factor is based on (a) your performance against specific targets, and

(b) the amount of organizational group/functional area funding available

LOGO

The sum of individual awards for a specific organizational group/functional area must not exceed

the funding allocated to that organizational group/functional area

The Individual Performance Factor represents how well you achieve your annual individual performance goals. Your Individual Performance Factor (IPF) can range from 0% to 150%, depending on your performance for the plan year and the amount of organizational group/functional area funding available. This performance factor will then be multiplied by your Target Award to determine your 2010 AIP award payout. Individual payouts will be capped at 150% of AIP target award.

Individual AIP awards are then paid from the available organizational group/functional area award funding, which may impact the original (IPF%) determination. The sum of all individual awards within a given organizational group/functional area must not exceed its allocated pool of dollars.


American Water   8

 

 

WHAT THE 2010 AIP MEANS FOR YOU

Performance Ratings

Most people are motivated to do their best; therefore the better you perform, the greater your potential award will be under the Plan. It is your responsibility to maximize your award opportunity by achieving or exceeding your goals.

Each year, you and your manager identify four to six high priority and challenging performance targets, which represent where you can directly impact the Company’s success. These performance targets and their weightings should be specific, measurable and aligned with the Company’s performance targets. During your year-end performance review, you and your manager will discuss how well you performed against the established targets, and rate your performance using one of the following performance ratings:

 

2010 Performance Rating Scale

Rating

  

Description

Exceptional    Contributions are widely recognized as extraordinary. Results far exceed all defined expectations, producing important and substantial impact on the Company, Division, Operating Company, Line of Business or Function.
Significant    Contributions are widely recognized as distinguished. Results exceed all or most expectations, producing a tangible and material impact on the Company, Division, Operating Company, Line of Business or Function.
Commendable    Contributions are widely recognized as meaningful. Results meet, and in some cases exceed expectations, producing a positive and desirable impact on the Company, Division, Operating Company, Line of Business or Function.
Adequate    Contributions are widely recognized as limited. Results generally meet but in some cases fall slightly short of expectations, producing inconsistent and marginal impact on the Company, Division, Operating Company, Line of Business or Function.
Unacceptable    Contributions are widely recognized as unsatisfactory. Results fall considerably short of expectations, producing negligible or no impact on the Company, Division, Operating Company, Line of Business or Function.
Too Soon to Rate    Contributions cannot be measured at this time because more time is needed to see a result.


American Water   9

 

 

Later, during the AIP process, your manager will use your rating to determine your Individual Performance Factor. Depending on how you performed during the year, you could potentially earn a higher payout than in previous years — or you could earn a lower payout or no payout at all (as the examples on the following page demonstrate). In other words, the AIP design gives you more power to impact the size of your award. It also means that you are more accountable for meeting your goals.

Award Payout Examples

Let’s calculate possible award payouts for a sample AIP participant, under four possible scenarios:

AIP Participant Assumptions

 

Salary Level

     L07   

Annual Base Salary

   $ 90,000   

Individual AIP Target

   $ 13,500  (15% of Base Salary) 

Total AIP Funding *

   $ 20,000,000   

Total AIP Funding for Organizational Group*

   $ 2,000,000   

 

* The total is the sum of the target awards for the eligible employees.

 

     Performance
     Scenario 1    Scenario 2    Scenario 3    Scenario 4

Company

   Above Target    Target    Threshold    Below Threshold

— Financial

   1.39    0.94    0.50    0.00

Performance Factor

           

— Non-Financial

   0.77    1.12    0.50    0.00

Performance Factor

           

Individual

   Adequate    Exceptional    Significant    Commendable

— Individual

   0.25    1.50    1.05    .90

Performance Factor

           


American Water   10

 

 

    Scenario 1   Scenario 2   Scenario 3   Scenario 4
STEP 1: Establish corporate funding based on overall corporate performance

Total of AIP Targets (A)

  $20,000,000   $20,000,000   $20,000,000   $20,000,000

Financial Performance Factor (i) (70% weight)

  1.39 x 0.70 =

0.97

  0.94 x 0.70 =

0.66

  0.50 x 0.70 =

0.35

  0.00 x 0.70 =

0.00

Non-Financial Performance Factor (ii) (30% weight)

  0.77 x 0.30 =

0.23

  1.12 x 0.30 =

0.34

  0.50 x 0.30 =

0.15

  0.00 x 0.30 =

0.00

i + ii = Corporate Multiplier (B)

  1.20   1.00   0.50   0.00

A x B = Corporate Funding

  $20,000,000 x 1.20

= $24,000,000

  $20,000,000 x 1.00

= $20,000,000

  $20,000,000 x 0.50

= $10,000,000

  $20,000,000 x 0.00

= $0

STEP 2: Allocate overall corporate funding to organizational groups/functional areas; adjust specific organizational group/functional area funding to reflect results

Organizational Group Pool (C) (Allocated from corporate funding)

  $2,400,000   $2,000,000   $1,000,000   $0

Organizational Group Adjustment (D)

  1.00

(Target)

  .80

(Below Target)

  1.20

(Above Target)

  1.00

(Target)

C x D = Organizational Group Pool (adjusted based on results)

  $2,400,000 x 1.00

= $2,400,000

  $2,000,000 x 0.80

= $1,600,000

  $1,000,000 x 1.20

= $1,200,000

  $0 x 1.00

= $0

STEP 3: Determine individual award based on individual performance and available organizational group/functional area funding; awards are paid from available organizational group/functional area award pool

Individual AIP Target (E)

  $13,500   $13,500   $13,500   $13,500

Individual Performance Factor (F) (Range of 0 - 1.50)

  0.25

(Adequate)

  1.50

(Exceptional)

  1.05

(Significant)

  .90

(Commendable)

ExF = Individual Award

  13,500 x 0.25 =

$3,375

(25% of AIP

target)

  13,500 x 1.50 =
$20,250

(150% of AIP

target)

  13,500 x 1.05 =
$14,175

(105% of AIP

target)

  13,500 x .90 = $12,150

However, payout will

be $0, since award
pool = $0

As you can see, both Company and individual performance can significantly impact your final payout. Also, remember that the sum of individual awards for a specific organizational group/functional area must equal the funding allocated to that organizational group/functional area.

Note: If actual Company performance differs from forecasted Company performance, the American Water Board or its Designee has the right to adjust the award determination(s) and/or award payout(s) prior to final approval.


American Water   11

 

 

Please discuss the AIP with your manager to ensure you clearly understand how the formula works and how your performance impacts your potential award payout.

Receiving Your AIP Award

Awards will be paid in cash in March of the year following the year in which they are earned. If you’re eligible for an award payout, please keep in mind that:

 

 

The payout will be based on your annual base salary as of December 13, 2010 and subject to all federal, state and local income tax withholdings.

 

 

The American Water Board, or its Designee, reserves the right to determine whether awards are payable to any individual or group of individuals; the Board may withhold all award payouts in certain circumstances.

Remember, it’s your performance — and your award: The contributions you make to American Water’s success throughout the year ultimately impact the size of your payout. Be sure to carefully review this brochure; then speak with your manager about the AIP and about what you can do to improve your performance and share the financial rewards of American Water’s success.


American Water   12

 

 

FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

 

Question

  

Answer

How does the plan reward performance?    The AIP allows us to differentiate and reward the performance of employees who contribute to the achievement of the Company’s goals. The 2010 AIP directly ties award payouts to measurable contributions (Company, organizational group/ functional area and individual) to American Water’s success.
Who is eligible for the AIP?    All regular, full-time exempt employees are eligible to participate. If you join American Water on or before September 30, 2010, you are also eligible to participate in the plan on a prorated basis.
What do I have to do to receive an AIP award?   

Any payout will depend largely on your performance, as well as on Company, organizational group/ functional area performance (including financial and non-financial), which determines funding.

 

If your performance is rated “Adequate” or higher, you may receive an award payout—but only if threshold Company performance metrics have been met. If your performance rating is “Unacceptable” or “Too Soon to Rate,” you will not receive a payout. To maximize your award opportunity, it’s important to meet with your manager to establish meaningful performance goals, then work hard throughout the year to achieve those goals.

 

If actual Company performance differs from forecasted Company performance, the American Water Board or its Designee has the right to adjust the award determination(s) and/or award payout(s) prior to final approval.

How is my AIP target award opportunity determined? How can I find out what it is?    Your AIP target award opportunity is based on your job and expressed as a percentage of your base salary. Please see your manager to learn more about your target award opportunity for 2010.


American Water   13

 

 

Question

  

Answer

How will my AIP award payout be calculated ?   

The size of the pool which funds your award is determined based on overall corporate performance and adjusted to reflect specific organizational group/functional area results. AIP funding for all eligible employees, will depend on the Company and/or organizational group/functional area achieving its non-financial as well as financial goals. Once individual awards are calculated, they are paid from the organizational group/functional area funding.

 

If actual Company performance differs from forecasted Company performance, the American Water Board or its Designee has the right to adjust the award determination (s) and/or award payout(s) prior to final approval.

What is the minimum and maximum that could be paid under the plan (as a percent of target) ?    AIP award payouts can range from zero, to a maximum of an Individual Performance Factor of 150%. Payouts are capped at 150% of AIP target award.
Will I receive an award payout if I meet my individual performance goals but the Company does not achieve minimum (threshold) performance ?    No. A pre-determined financial threshold for Company performance must be met in order for funding and any award to be provided under the AIP.
What happens if I leave American Water before I receive my award payout ?    To receive the award payout, you must be actively employed with American Water on the date the payment is to be made. If you are disabled, retire, or die during the plan year, you or your beneficiary may be eligible to receive an award, prorated to reflect your service during the year.
What happens if I change job positions within American Water during the plan year ?    Your award payout will be based on your base salary and target level percentage as of December 13, 2010.

This brochure is the 2010 American Water Annual Incentive Plan. The American Water Board or its Designee, whose decisions will be final and binding, will determine interpretations of the Plan. The Company reserves the right to amend, modify, or discontinue the Plan during the plan year or at any time in the future. Participation in the Plan does not convey any commitment to ongoing employment.

EXHIBIT 10.3

FORM FOR

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS –

2010 GRANT

AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

2007 OMNIBUS EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

STOCK UNIT GRANT

This STOCK UNIT GRANT, dated as of May 7, 2010 (the “ Date of Grant ”), is delivered by American Water Works Company, Inc. (the “ Company ”) to                      (the “ Participant ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Committee (as defined in the American Water Works Company, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan) has determined to grant each non-employee member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) who is a non-employee director of the Company immediately following the Company’s 2010 Annual Stockholder meeting a stock unit grant that will be converted to shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, (the “ Company Stock ”) at a later date;

WHEREAS, the Participant is a non-employee director on the Board; and

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that the stock unit grant granted to the Participant shall be issued under the American Water Works Company, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the terms and conditions of such stock unit shall be memorialized in this grant (the “ Grant ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Grant, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

1. Grant of Stock Units . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Grant and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant units              (the “ Stock Units ”). Each Stock Unit shall be a phantom right and shall be equivalent to one share of Company Stock on the applicable distribution date, as described in Paragraph 4 below.

2. Stock Unit Account . The Company shall establish and maintain a Stock Unit account as a bookkeeping account on its records (the “ Stock Unit Account ”) for the Participant and shall record in such Stock Unit Account the number of Stock Units granted to the Participant. The Participant shall not have any interest in any fund or specific assets of the Company by reason of this grant or the Stock Unit Account established for the Participant.


3. Vesting . The Participant shall be fully vested in the Stock Units credited to the Participant’s Stock Unit Account pursuant to this Grant on the Date of Grant.

4. Distribution . The Stock Units shall be converted to shares of Company Stock and distributed by the Company within thirty (30) days following the earlier of (i) August 12, 2011 (the “ Specified Date ”) (or, if applicable, the Deferred Date, as defined in Paragraph 5 below), (ii) the Participant’s separation from service (within the meaning of section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)) with the Company (the “ Separation from Service Date ”), or (iii) the date of a Change of Control (as defined below) (the “ Change of Control Date ”). At the time of distribution, all Stock Units shall be converted to an equivalent number of shares of Company Stock, and the Participant shall receive a single sum distribution of such shares of Company Stock, which shall be issued under the Plan. For purposes of this Grant, the term “Change of Control” shall have the same meaning as such term is defined in the Plan, except that a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Grant unless the event constituting the Change of Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, within the meaning of section 409A of the Code and its corresponding regulations.

5. Deferrals . The Participant may make an irrevocable election to defer the Specified Date (or further defer the Deferred Date (as defined below), if applicable) of all of the Stock Units, plus dividend equivalents earned on such Stock Units as described in Paragraph 6 below, to a later date, provided that (i) the election shall not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the election is made, (ii) the deferred Specified Date cannot be earlier than five (5) years from the original Specified Date under Paragraph 4 (or five (5) years from the applicable Deferred Date, if a subsequent deferral of a Deferred Date is being made), and (iii) the election must be made no less than twelve (12) months prior to the date of the Specified Date (or twelve (12) months prior to the previously applicable Deferred Date, if a subsequent deferral of a Deferred Date is being made). To defer the Specified Date, the Participant must elect to defer 100% of the Stock Units, including corresponding dividend equivalents, granted to the Participant under this Grant and complete the deferral election form provided to the Participant by the Committee, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or as may subsequently modified in the discretion of the Committee. If the Participant desires to make a further deferral, the Participant must make such election on a separate form provided by the Committee for such purpose. Any such election shall be made in accordance with section 409A of the Code and any corresponding guidance and regulations issued under section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding a Participant’s election pursuant to this Paragraph, if the Separation from Service Date or Change of Control Date occurs prior to the Deferred Date, the distribution of the Participant’s Stock Units, plus corresponding dividend equivalents, will be made as a result of the occurrence of the Separation from Service Date or Change of Control Date, whichever is earlier. If a Specified Date is delayed one or more times pursuant to this Paragraph 5, the new Specified Date shall be referred to as the “Deferred Date.”

6. Dividend Equivalents . Until the earlier of the Specified Date (or the Deferred Date, if elected), Separation from Service Date or Change of Control Date, if any dividends are declared with respect to the shares of Company Stock, the Company shall credit to a dividend equivalent account (the “ Dividend Equivalent Account ”) the value of the dividends that would have been distributed if the Stock Units credited to the Participant’s Stock Unit Account at the time of the

 

2


declaration of the dividend were shares of Company Stock. At the same time that the Stock Units are converted to shares of Company Stock and distributed to the Participant, the Company shall pay to the Participant a lump sum cash payment equal to the value of the dividends credited to the Participant’s Dividend Equivalent Account. No interest shall accrue on any dividend equivalents credited to the Participant’s Dividend Equivalent Account.

7. Change of Control . Except as set forth above, the provisions set forth in the Plan applicable to a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan) shall apply to the Stock Units, and, in the event of a Change of Control, the Committee may take such actions as it deems appropriate pursuant to the Plan and is consistent with the requirements of section 409A of the Code.

8. Acknowledgment by Participant . By accepting this Grant, the Participant acknowledges that with respect to any right to distribution pursuant to this Grant, the Participant is and shall be an unsecured general creditor of the Company without any preference as against other unsecured general creditors of the Company, and the Participant hereby covenants for himself or herself, and anyone at any time claiming through or under the Participant, not to claim any such preference, and hereby disclaims and waives any such preference which may at any time be at issue, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The Participant also hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Grant. The Participant further agrees to be bound by the determinations and decisions of the Committee with respect to this Grant and the Plan and the Participant’s rights to benefits under this Grant and the Plan, and agrees that all such determinations and decisions of the Committee shall be binding on the Participant, his or her beneficiaries and any other person having or claiming an interest under this Grant and the Plan on behalf of the Participant.

9. Restrictions on Issuance or Transfer of Shares of Company Stock .

(a) The obligation of the Company to deliver shares of Company Stock upon the distribution of the Stock Units shall be subject to the condition that if at any time the Committee shall determine in its discretion that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Company Stock upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance of shares of Company Stock, the shares of Company Stock may not be issued in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee. The issuance of shares of Company Stock and the payment of cash to the Participant pursuant to this Grant is subject to any applicable taxes and other laws or regulations of the United States or of any state having jurisdiction thereof.

(b) As a condition to receive any shares of Company Stock upon conversion of the Stock Units, the Participant agrees:

(i) to be bound by the Company’s policies regarding the limitations on the transfer of such shares, and understands that there may be certain times during the year that the Participant will be prohibited from selling, transferring, pledging, donating, assigning, mortgaging, hypothecating or otherwise encumbering the shares; and

 

3


(ii) that the shares of Company Stock obtained by the Participant upon the distribution of the Stock Units shall not be tradeable until the Participant owns enough shares of Company Stock outright, as stock units convertible into shares of Company Stock, and time-based restricted Company Stock, to meet or exceed four (4) times the Participant’s annual cash retainer, which ownership requirement must be satisfied by the later of February 2015, or the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s commencement of service as a director on the Board.

10. Grant Subject to Plan Provisions . This Grant is made pursuant to the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and in all respects shall be interpreted in accordance with the Plan. In the event of any contradiction, distinction or difference between this Grant and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Except as otherwise defined in this Grant, capitalized terms used in this Grant shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan. This Grant is subject to the interpretations, regulations and determinations concerning the Plan established from time to time by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, including, but not limited to, provisions pertaining to (i) rights and obligations with respect to withholding taxes, (ii) the registration, qualification or listing of the shares of Company Stock, (iii) changes in capitalization of the Company, and (iv) other requirements of applicable law. The Committee shall have the authority to interpret and construe this Grant pursuant to the terms of the Plan, its decisions shall be conclusive as to any questions arising hereunder and the Participant’s acceptance of this Grant is the Participant’s agreement to be bound by the interpretations and decisions of the Committee with respect to this Grant and the Plan.

11. No Rights as Stockholder . The Participant shall not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company, including the right to any cash dividends (except as provided in Paragraph 6), or the right to vote, with respect to any Stock Units.

12. No Rights to Continued Employment or Service . This Grant shall not confer upon the Participant any right to be retained in the employment or service of the Employer (as defined in the Plan) and shall not interfere in any way with the right to terminate the Participant’s employment or service at any time. The right to terminate at will the Participant’s employment or service at any time for any reason is specifically reserved.

13. Assignment and Transfers . No Stock Units or dividend equivalents awarded to the Participant under this Grant may be transferred, assigned, pledged, or encumbered by the Participant and the Stock Units and dividend equivalents shall be distributed during the lifetime of the Participant only for the benefit of the Participant. Any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, or encumber the Stock Units or dividend equivalents under this Grant by the Participant shall be null, void and without effect. The rights and protections of the Company hereunder shall extend to any successors or assigns of the Company. This Grant may be assigned by the Company without the Participant’s consent.

14. Withholding . To the extent required by applicable law, the Participant shall be required to pay to the Company, or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Company to provide for the payment of, any federal, state, local or other taxes that the Company is required to withhold with respect to the Grant, vesting or distribution of the Stock Units and dividend equivalents.

 

4


15. Effect on Other Benefits . The value of shares of Company Stock and dividend equivalents distributed with respect to the Stock Units shall not be considered eligible earnings for purposes of any other plans maintained by the Employer. Neither shall such value be considered part of the Participant’s compensation for purposes of determining or calculating other benefits that are based on compensation, such as life insurance.

16. Applicable Law . The validity, construction, interpretation and effect of this Grant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.

17. Notice . Any notice to the Company provided for in this instrument shall be addressed to the Company in care of the General Counsel at the Company’s corporate headquarters, and any notice to the Participant shall be addressed to such Participant at the current address shown on the records of the Company, or to such other address as the Participant may designate to the Company in writing. Any notice shall be delivered by hand, sent by telecopy or enclosed in a properly sealed envelope addressed as stated above, registered and deposited, postage prepaid, in a post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

18. Section 409A of the Code .

(a) This Grant is intended to comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Code and shall be interpreted and administered to avoid any penalty sanctions under section 409A of the Code. If any distribution cannot be provided or made at the time specified herein or as elected by the Participant, then such distribution shall be provided in full at the earliest time thereafter when such sanctions cannot be imposed. Unless a valid election is made pursuant to Paragraph 5 above, in no event may the Participant designate the calendar year of distribution.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Grant, if any of the distributions under this Grant are payable to the Participant upon separation from service (within the meaning of section 409A of the Code) from the Employer, then if at the time of the Participant’s separation from service the Participant is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in section 409A(2)(B)(i) of the Code and its corresponding regulations) as determined by the Company (or any successor thereto) in its sole discretion in accordance with its specified employee determination policy, then all distributions to the Participant pursuant to this Grant shall be postponed for a period of six (6) months following the Participant’s separation from service from the Employer. The postponed amounts shall be distributed to the Participant in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the date that is six (6) months following the Participant’s separation from service from the Employer. If the Participant dies during such six-month period and prior to the distribution of the postponed amounts hereunder, the amounts delayed on account of section 409A of the Code shall be distributed to the personal representative of the Participant’s estate within sixty (60) days after the date of the Participant’s death, and any amounts not delayed shall be distributed to the personal representative of the Participant’s estate in accordance with the terms of this Grant.

[ SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this Grant, effective as of the Date of Grant.

 

AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

By:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

6


EXHIBIT A

SUBSEQUENT DEFERRAL ELECTION FORM

PART A. TIME OF DISTRIBUTION

I,                      , (the “ Participant ”) hereby irrevocably elect to have all of the Stock Units, plus corresponding dividend equivalents, (the “ Deferred Units ”) granted to me pursuant to the Stock Unit Grant, dated as of May 7, 2010, (the “ Grant ”) under the American Water Works Company, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”) that would have been distributed by American Water Works Company, Inc. to me on the Specified Date (as defined in the Grant), instead be distributed to me on the deferred date designated below (the “ Deferred Date ”), which date must be at least five (5) years later than the Specified Date, and this election is at least twelve (12) months prior to the Specified Date (to make this deferral election you must defer all of the Stock Units, plus corresponding dividend equivalents, granted to you pursuant the Grant, meaning there is no partial deferral):

 

Number of Stock

Units, and Dividend

Equivalents, to be

Further Deferred

(All Must Be

Deferred)

  Original Specified Date
(Election Must Be Made at
Least 12 Months  Prior to the

Specified Date)
   Deferred Date
(Must be a  date that is at least
five years later than the
Original Specified Date)
100%   August 12, 2011   

PART B. ACKNOWLEDGMENT

I understand and expressly agree that (i) the Deferred Date for the Deferred Units shall be the date I specified in Part A above (which is a date that is at least five (5) years later than the original Specified Date), and (ii) I will not be entitled to receive distribution of the Deferred Units on an earlier date, except in the event that the Separation from Service Date (as defined in the Grant) or the Change of Control Date (as defined in the Grant) occurs prior to the Deferred Date. I also understand and expressly agree that this deferral election is irrevocable, is being made at least twelve (12) months prior to the original Specified Date, and shall not take effect until twelve (12) months after the date on which I make this election. I further understand and agree that the terms and conditions of the Grant and the Plan are hereby incorporated into this form. Lastly, I understand and agree that this deferral election applies to 100% of the Stock Units, and corresponding dividend equivalents, granted to me pursuant to the Grant.

 

PARTICIPANT SIGNATURE
Participant:  

 

    Date:  

 

Receipt Acknowledged:      
By:  

 

     
Title:  

 

    Date:  

 

 

A-1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

(Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,

as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)

I, Donald L. Correll, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of American Water Works Company, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13-a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financing reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 4, 2010

 

By:  

/s/ Donald L. Correll

  Donald L. Correll
  President and Chief Executive Officer
  (Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER AND CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER

(Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,

as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)

I, Ellen C. Wolf, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of American Water Works Company, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13-a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financing reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 4, 2010

 

By:  

/s/ Ellen C. Wolf

  Ellen C. Wolf
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
  (Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 32.1

AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the quarterly report of American Water Works Company, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Donald L. Correll , President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

By:  

/s/ Donald L. Correll

  Donald L. Correll
 

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 4, 2010

Exhibit 32.2

AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the quarterly report of American Water Works Company, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Ellen C. Wolf, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

By:  

/s/ Ellen C. Wolf

 

Ellen C. Wolf

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

August 4, 2010